ip based soft switch pabx for 12e1+ 20 co … xi requirements of end and ancillary items 39-42 12....

568
RESTRICTED 1 RESTRICTED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20CO LINE+12 GSM GATEWAY+2000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 16 E1 +30 CO LINE +16 GSM GATEWAY +3000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR SAVAR CANTONMENT ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE DHAKA CANTONMENT

Upload: vuongdieu

Post on 07-Mar-2018

214 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

1 RESTRICTED

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

FOR

IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20CO LINE+12 GSM

GATEWAY+2000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 16 E1 +30

CO LINE +16 GSM GATEWAY +3000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR SAVAR

CANTONMENT

ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE

DHAKA CANTONMENT

Page 2: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

2 RESTRICTED

INDEX

Serial Chapter Subject Page No

1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5

2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9

3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11

4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18

5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20

6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24

7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27

8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33

9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35

10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38

11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42

12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44

13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-48

14. Circuit Diagram 49

15. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54

16. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59

17. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60-63

18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64

19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65

20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66

21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67

22. Annex-E BOQ 68-77

23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 78

24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 79

25. Annex-J Generator Specification 80-83

26. Annex-H Power Calculation

Page 3: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

3 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER

Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 12x E1+ 20xCO Line+12 GSM Gateway+2000Subscriber Line Expandable up to16 E1 +30 CO Line +16 GSM Gateway +3000 Subscriber Line for SavarCantonment.

1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The

Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding

Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a

bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk

and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.

1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major

and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines

mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points

will be termed as non-responsive.

1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:

a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The

documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per

AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 4: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

4 RESTRICTED

g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.

(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.

Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)

1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 5: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

5 RESTRICTED

CHPATER-2

GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at SavarCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate of Bangladesh Army.

2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned. 2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned. 2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan,

Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.

2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his authorized representative.

2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises. 2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not

before the year of signing the contract) model of production. 2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of

subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.

2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.

2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication

Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.

Page 6: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

6 RESTRICTED

2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through

E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks. 2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central

location (block-A) and 03 other branch locations (block B, C & D) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.

2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The

server hardware should have following specification:

a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.

b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.

c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with

next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection.

2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.

2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems

described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:

Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be

E1 Trunk - 12 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 1500

IP Subscriber Line - 500

GSM Gateway - 12

IP Trunk (SIP) - 100

2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:

E1 Trunk - 16 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 30

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 1500

Page 7: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

7 RESTRICTED

IP Subscriber Line - 1500

GSM Gateway - 16

IP Trunk (SIP) - 200

2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for

hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.

2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)

are as follows:

The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 750 Analog + 200 IP Tel expandable to 750 Analogue + 750 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue + 250 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue +250 IP Tel ONU at Block D - 250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue + 250 IP Tel

2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.

2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh

Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.

2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC

b. Monitor

c. Printer

d. ODF

e. Server Rack

f. Battery

g. MDF & IDF

h. Earthing and earthing materials

j. Air Conditioner

k. Cable tester

l. Jumper scraper

m. Cable cutter

n. Lineman tools

p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.

Page 8: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

8 RESTRICTED

2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for

only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.

Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the

successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.

2.14 Documentation

The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description

b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter

c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation

d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.

e. Maintenance manual.

f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

h. Detail technical document for NMS.

j. PAT documents for each site

k. Network Diagram onesetper site

l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site

2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 9: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

9 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Climatic Condition

Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

Temperature Relative humidity

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

Short duration

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

short duration

+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%

3.2

Physical Requirement

All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.3

Operating Voltage

The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..

3.4 Guarantee for Hardware

The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.5 Guarantee for Software

The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 10: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

10 RESTRICTED

3.5.1 License for Software

BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.5.2 Language of Software

The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features

3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.

3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.

Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version

3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.

3.6.3.2

If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 11: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

11 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IV

REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH

4.1 Design Criteria

4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server

Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.2.

The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will

provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,

PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.1.3.

The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can

support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing

multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.4.

The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.

The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power

supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support

insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call

Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design

redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as

the Critical Deviation.

4.1.5

The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

4.1.6

The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call

control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and

calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.8

All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to

ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit

Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant

configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.10

Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.`

Page 12: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

12 RESTRICTED

4.1.11 Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation

shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.12

Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be

used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13

Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.13.1

Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.2

"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain

operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally

located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

"

Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN

failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).

Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.3

The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local

survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate

routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4. 2 Service Criteria

4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:

4.2.1.1

Modular growth structure

4.2.1.2

The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the

connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition

or changeover function.

4.2.1.3

There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more

of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)

4.2.1.4

The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching

network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot

standby mode operation)

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 13: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

13 RESTRICTED

4.2.2 Call Processing Control System

4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.

4.2.2.2

All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control

Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of

contents in case of power failure.

4.2.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone

dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface

cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not

specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.4

The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the

common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.5

Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with

similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.2.6

The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any

requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.2.7

Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the

module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.8

The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling

system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN

telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm

the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as

“Critical Deviation”.

4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.

The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in

aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.10

System Controlling Feature

The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all

important control components including duplication of data bus in the

Headquarters location only to provide following features.

Page 14: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

14 RESTRICTED

4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.

4.2.10.2

No interruption of service.

4.2.10.3

All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter

changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as

either main or standby purpose.

4.2.10.4

The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system

capacity including 20% additional storage.

4.2.10.5

The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server

fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber

optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements

must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one

side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will

immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.

The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.

4.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

System Software

4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted

standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any

suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate

(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service

features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption

of service.

4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service

features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option

of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact

each other using one touch key in telephone.

4.3.3

Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement

should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against

any corruption or hacking of data by any means.

4.3.4

The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up

in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the

system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be

supplied.

4.3.5

Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.

Page 15: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

15 RESTRICTED

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:

4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.

4.4.2 Account Code Facility.

4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.

4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code

should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System

should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.

4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.

4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,

and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and

operators.

4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension

4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy

on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new

incoming call.

4.4.9 Call hold reminder.

4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension when unanswered or busy.

4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.

by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)

4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer

4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This

queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is

terminated

4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to

intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall

be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.

4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight

subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and

external calls

Page 16: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

16 RESTRICTED

4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing

4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time

4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)

4.4.19 Direct Dialing

4.4.20 Do Not Disturb

4.4.21 Hotline station

4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer

4.4.23 Music on Hold

4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)

4.4.25 Telephone locking

4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders

4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system

4.4.28

Following types of call barring facility must be available:

4.4.28.1 Inter-office call

4.4.28.2 Local Call

4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call

4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls

4.4.28.5 All incoming calls

4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls

4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets

4.4.30 Last Caller Callback

4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a

time)

4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member

assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number

4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)

4.4.34

Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)

Page 17: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

17 RESTRICTED

4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)

4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)

4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal

4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones

4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)

4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance

4.4.41 Extension mobility support

4.4.42 Hold reversion

4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups

4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone

4.4.45.1 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call

intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials

4.4.45.2 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status

and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in

corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or

transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer

4.4.46 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance

4.4.47 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.

4.4.48 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,

call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system

4.4.49 Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter ::

Page 18: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

18 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-V

REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY

5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.

5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.

5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.

5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.

5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 19: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

19 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.

5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 20: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

20 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VI

REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT

6.1 Network Infrastructure:

Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance

mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer

3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in

main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of

Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be

connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to

the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast

convergence.

6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch

The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,

POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE

access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall

betreated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC

addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP

groups and multicast routes.

6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be

given priority).

6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single

chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be

given technical advantage) .

6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at

least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.

6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.

6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.

6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature

The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE

Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access

Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 21: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

21 RESTRICTED

6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x, 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-

Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q

encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE

802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.

6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)

6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.

6.1.3 VLAN Features

The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged

within VLANs.

6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs

(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual

switch ports.

6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.

6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis

/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.

6.1.4 Routing Feature

The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.

6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).

6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.

6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).

6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.

Page 22: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

22 RESTRICTED

6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.

6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and

Version‐3 shall be supported.

6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).

6.1.5 Security Features

The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer

encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.

6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x

protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to

implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server

2012or higher.

6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,

Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to

prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.

6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent

other edge switches becoming the root bridge.

6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for

routing protocols.

6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),

discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.

6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.

6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.

6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.

Page 23: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

23 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.

The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.

6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of

switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.

6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash

memory.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)

a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different

manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.

Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.

6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the

internet.

6.2.3 Web based management.

Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 24: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

24 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VII

REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES

7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling

The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.

7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T

White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward

compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder

shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any

requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T

standard protocol

7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling

The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on

ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.

7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications

7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP

telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.

7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice

packets shall be carried via UDP.

7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.

7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.

7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.

7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.

7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard

telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be

compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.

7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are

balanced between all the gateways.

Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 25: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

25 RESTRICTED

7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support

7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the

existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)

7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.

7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.

7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to

support SIP.

7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.

7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.

7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.

7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.

7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should

be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)

7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.

7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.

Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.

7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be

included.

7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.

7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.

7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.

7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.

7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.

7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for

Page 26: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

26 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

Remote management through LN/WAN).

7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.

7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.

7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.

7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km

7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.

7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.

7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.

7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port

of the soft switching system.

Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 27: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

27 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VIII

REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS

System Functions and Facilities

8.1 System Capabilities Summary.

8.1.1 8.1.2

The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 250 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.

8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).

8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation

8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.

8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11

Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.

8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.

8.1.11.2 G.723.1.

8.1.11.3 G. 729a.

8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.

8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).

8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.

Page 28: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

28 RESTRICTED

8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.

8.1.13.2 Privacy.

8.1.13.3 Device mobility.

8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.

8.1.13.5 Monitoring.

8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.

8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.

8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.

8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.

8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.

8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.

8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).

8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.

8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.

8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.

8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.

8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.

8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).

8.1.21 Programmable line keys.

8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.

8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).

8.1.23.1 Basic call.

Page 29: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

29 RESTRICTED

8.1.23.2 Call transfer.

8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR (connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation

8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.

8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.

8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.

8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.2 Remote survivability system.

8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.

8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.

8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.

8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.

8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.

8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.

Page 30: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

30 RESTRICTED

8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.

8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.

8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.

8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.

8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.

8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).

8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.4 Call Billing System.

8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.

8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.5 Transmission Characteristics.

8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .

8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.6. Signaling Characteristics.

8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.

Page 31: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

31 RESTRICTED

8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.

8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:

8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.

8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.

8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.

8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.

8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.8 System Supervision:

8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.

8.8.2. Alarm indication.

8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.

8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.

8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.

8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.

Page 32: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

32 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.

8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.

8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.

8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.

8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.

8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.

8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.

8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.

8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.

8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.

8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.

8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.

8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.

8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 33: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

33 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IX

REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN

9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:

9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to

encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call

controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong

encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).

9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the

signaling between the IP terminals.

9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system

degradation and transmission delay times.

9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via

encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.

9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted

access to application servers or associated resources.

9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.

9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user

accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check

the consistency between the management platform name, management platform

password and user name before authorizing the connection.

9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the

possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.

9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the

system data/time of network devices.

9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource

sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.

9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes

9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond

the period of installation.

9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:

9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce

system or account access passwords.

Page 34: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

34 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.

9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.

9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.

TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)

9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X

standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide

authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet

network.

9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as

802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the

IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice

and data.

9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or

services from databases or Internet inbound connections.

9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated

remote maintenance tasks only.

9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level

for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well

as the normal user name and password control.

9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be

encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP

for file transfers, etc.)

9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be

encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).

9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and

configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be

treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 35: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

35 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER - X

REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.

10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.

10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.

10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.

10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.

10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).

10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).

10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).

10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:

10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).

10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.

10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.

10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.

10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.

10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.

Page 36: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

36 RESTRICTED

10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.

10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.

10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:

10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.

10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.

10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.

10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.

10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.

10.3 Configuration.

10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:

10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.

10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.

10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).

10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.

10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.

Page 37: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

37 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.

10.5 Software Required:

10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.

10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).

10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.

10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.

10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.

10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.

10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.

10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.

10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.

10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.

10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.

10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.

10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.

10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.

10.6 Other requirements.

10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.

10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 38: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

38 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XI

REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS

11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.

11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone

Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head

gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to

provide same support using operator console telephone set.

11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:

11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.

11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.

11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.

11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.

11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.

11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.

11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.

11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.

11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.

11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.

11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.

Page 39: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

39 RESTRICTED

11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller shall be informed of this situation by voice message.

11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.

11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.

11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.

11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.

11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching

System.

b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.

c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.

Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation

11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System . Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss –SecretaryFacilities to be provided. Other facilities/features are as follows:

11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)

11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.

Page 40: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

40 RESTRICTED

11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.

11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)

11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.

11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.

11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.

11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of

the IP Soft switching System. Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.

11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)

11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.

11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.

11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.3 MDF & IDF.

11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.

11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.

11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =

120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.

Page 41: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

41 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)

11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.

11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)

11.3.3.1

Breaking voltage : 180V AC.

11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.

11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.

11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).

11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.

11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.

11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.

11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.

11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.

11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.

11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.

11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.

11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.

11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 42: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

42 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER -XII

REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS

12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):

12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).

12.1.2

04 x Punch Tool for MDF.

12.1.3

03 x Jumper Scraper.

12.1.4

04 x Cable cutter.

12.1.5

05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6

A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.

12.1.7

08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

12.2 Spare Parts.

12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3

Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.

12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.

12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.

12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.

Page 43: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

43 RESTRICTED

12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 44: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

44 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIII

REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING

13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for

the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary

power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N

+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case

of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as

per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall

include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items

are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.2 Inverter

The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power

source to run at least the following hardware.The system should be modular

basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of

appropriate rating without any designed change. The back‐up batteries shall be

used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of

AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:

13.2.1

Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:

13.2.1.1

At HQ/Central Site:

All Servers.

3 (three) Operator Console.

GSM gateway. 2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.

01 (One) maintenance PC.

1(one) no of Network Printer.

All Distribution Switch and access switch.

3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:

All access Switch

1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.

ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.

2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the

Page 45: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

45 RESTRICTED

exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as

“noncompliance”.

13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm

facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by

the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.3 Battery

13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and

ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains

failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power

requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for

minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:

13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free

locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in

terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required

alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of

the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,

whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical

deviation”.

13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of

dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the

battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as

soon as such levels arrive.

13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters

from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .

13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be

provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.

13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan

which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge mode.

Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.

Page 46: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

46 RESTRICTED

13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery

mounting.

13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall

be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.

13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.

13.4 Rectifier

13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to

provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.

The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with

single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp

rating without any designed change. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail

breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up

batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of

“Critical deviation”.

13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and

audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC side)

of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the load.

13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &

DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and

the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be

there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.

13.4.5

13.5

The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site. FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to

OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be delivered locally.

Page 47: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

47 RESTRICTED

b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.

c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.

d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.

13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given

at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation

and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.

Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of

“Major deviation”.

13.7 Earthing.

13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing

includes the following:

a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.

b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.

c. Supply and Equipment’s.

13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for

the above mentioned systems/subsystems.

13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the

complete Earthing System should be carried out.

13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard

technical qualification.

13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender

document.

13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.

13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the

IP soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the

back-up power system is fully compatible with their offered solution.

All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.

Page 48: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

48 RESTRICTED

Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC

Source

48V

DC Battery Bank 48 V

(This battery should

charge from rectifier)

Inverter

220V

AC

Server PoE S/W Operator

Console

at central

location

NMC

Computera

t central

location

IDF

MDF

Earthing 1 Earthing 2

Core

S/W

POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM

Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.

Page 49: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

49 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIV

REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation

14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.

14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.

14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.

14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.

Tests and Certificates

14.5 Demonstration

14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.

14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:

a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.

14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.

a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 50: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

50 RESTRICTED

of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:

(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .

b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:

(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.

c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.

d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

Page 51: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

51 RESTRICTED

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.

a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.

The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).

Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:

a. Visual Inspection

Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.

b. Switching Function Test

Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.

c. Call through Performance Test

Page 52: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

52 RESTRICTED

Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.

d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test

SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

e. Test Result

Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

f. Test Equipment

Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

g. Other Tests

The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.

h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test

Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).

i. Acceptance Test Report

The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)

PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical

Specification.

Page 53: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

53 RESTRICTED

b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service

and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been

supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)

FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of

service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely

functional condition.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note

I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 54: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

54 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XV

REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.

15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which

will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:

15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first

equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.

15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all

equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at SavarCantonment,

within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to

SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his

manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing

who would remain available at Savarall through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. Army Static Signal Battalion, SavarCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.

Page 55: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

55 RESTRICTED

15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are

running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSBpersonnel to enable them to

become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSBpersonnel as and where and

when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the

time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for

rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSB personnel in subsequent re‐installation,

re‐location of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSBpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance

Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.11 Help and advice Army Static Signal Battalion, Savarpersonnel to properly maintain O&M

& CDR data bases and Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSB of all types of Software and Hardware

upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSB. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant

system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.

Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party, will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

Page 56: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

56 RESTRICTED

15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant

equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party

shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to

terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares

& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, Army Static Signal Battalionwillprovide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and

Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.

15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on

per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.

15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the

performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective

maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in

support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.

Page 57: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

57 RESTRICTED

15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.

15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have

prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :

a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSB of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ ASSB personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first

party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:

a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of

Page 58: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

58 RESTRICTED

fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.

15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:

a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.

15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.

The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 59: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

59 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVI

REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX

Ser Nomen-

clature

Qty Nature

of Trg

Dura-

tion

No of

Stud-

ents

Reqr of

Eqpt/Trg

Aids

(Free of

Cost)

TrgReqr Rmk

1. IP/ Soft

Switch

and

GSM

Gatewa

y PABX

07 A. Use &

Ops Trg

(Local)

03

wks

20

a. Slides,

CD/ video

Cassette,

CCT diag,

Block diag

and

Trouble

Shooting

chart of the

fol sys to

be

provided

by the

supplier as

trg aids.

For Local Trg:

1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of

the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in

the trg syllabus:

a. Installation of and operation of the

system

b. Programming the system

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. Repair as per repair manual.

3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced

instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors

are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the

supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned

separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be

submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.

5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided

by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning

the performance of the trainees and their level of

expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

b. At

Factory

lvl and

Modular

lvlRrepai

r,

MaintTrg

and

Trouble

Shooting

(Foreign)

02

wks

10 For Foreign Trg:

1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and

Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.

2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:

a. Installation and operation of the

system

b. Programming of the system.

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. .

e. Maint procedure.

4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 60: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

60 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVII

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS

17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.

17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such

clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first

evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and

2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.

17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of

this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the

attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC

shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.

17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply

shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional

Page 61: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

61 RESTRICTED

cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.

17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.

b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.

17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.

17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.

17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any

bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.

17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as

“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,

shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.

Page 62: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

62 RESTRICTED

17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.

17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to

the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date

and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 63: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

63 RESTRICTED

Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

Page 64: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

64 RESTRICTED

Annex-B

EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE

(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)

Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name

Manufacturer's Name

Manufacturer's Address, Fax & Website

Country of Origin

A Mandatory Items

A.1 Softswitch

A.2 Server

A.3 Distribution Switch

A.4 Access Switch

A.5 SBC

A.6 POE switch

A.7 GSM Gate way

A.8 Rectifier

A.9 Inverter

A.10 IP Phones(propritery)

A.11 Analogue Phones

A.12 Generator

A.13 Media Gateway

B Optional Items (If Any)

Page 65: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

65 RESTRICTED

Annex C

Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12 E1+20 CO LINE+12 GSM GATEWAY+2000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 16 E1 +30 CO LINE +16 GSM GATEWAY +3000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 9 Infantry Division,SAVARCANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Page 66: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

66 RESTRICTED

Annex D

LIST OF DEVIATION(S)

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Page 67: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

67 RESTRICTED

Annex-E

BOQ

Ser No. Description Quantity

A. Central Site/Division Headquarter

1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software

(750 Analog + 200 IP Tel expandable to 750 Analogue + 750 IP Tel) IP Trunk (SIP) -100 Channel Expandable 200 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

2. Redundant hardware and software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. Conference Server/Module

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (250 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned

5. Voice Mail server/ Module

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 68: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

68 RESTRICTED

7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

8. 24 port PoE switch

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary

11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 69: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

69 RESTRICTED

16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

17. IP Phone based Operator Console

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

18. O&M Software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

19. Call billing software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

21. Rectifier N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 70: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

70 RESTRICTED

24. Inverter N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned(Lo

cal Item)

27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Foreign Item

supplied in

line with the

local Item

29. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local

Item)

30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC

Year of Manufacturer: 2018

05 No

(Local Items)

B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue + 250 IP Tel) 1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

Page 71: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

71 RESTRICTED

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software(if any)

To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 72: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

72 RESTRICTED

9.

MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job

(local Item)

C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue +250 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier N+1

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 73: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

73 RESTRICTED

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

6.

Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8.

IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 74: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

74 RESTRICTED

11.

Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

D. ONU at Block D area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue + 250 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

3.

FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

4.

Necessary Software To be

mentioned

5. Rectifier N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

6. Battery (12V cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance Free)

Capacity: 150 AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 75: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

75 RESTRICTED

7. Inverter N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules( Surge Protector- Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

E. Phones

1. Analog Phone Type 1

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Qty: 1500 Nos

(Price to be quoted

as optional)

2. Executive IP Phones, Qty: 90 Nos

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

90Nos

Page 76: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

76 RESTRICTED

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

3. High Executive IP Phones(propritery)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

10 Nos

F. Other Items

1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

01 No

(Local Item)

2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

03 Nos

(Local Item)

3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation

(General or equivalent)

Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

08 Sets

(Local Item)

4. Cable Tester 04 Nos(Local Item)

5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)

6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos

(Local Item)

7. Lineman tools 05 Sets

(Local Item)

8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos

(Local Item)

Page 77: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

77 RESTRICTED

Central Location

Remote Location/ONU

Annex F

Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture

Note:

1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.

2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.

Core Switch (1+1)

Call Server Main

Call Server Standby

SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway

SBC

Firewall

CO Trunk

BTCL E1

Others PABX E1

Analog Phone

IP Phone PC Based

Operator

Console

Maintenance

and Call

accounting

PC/Server

IDF MDF

PABX

Module

Rack

Survivable Branch Module

Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)

Analog Phone

IDF MDF

IP Phone

Internet

Distribution Switch (PoE)

PABX

RACK

Page 78: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

78 RESTRICTED

Annex G

Guarantee for Spare Parts

Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12 E1+20 CO LINE+12 GSM GATEWAY+2000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 16 E1 +30 CO LINE +16 GSM GATEWAY +3000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR9 INFANTRY DIVISION,SAVAR CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

APPEND IX 1

Page 79: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

79 RESTRICTED

ANNEX-J

TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE

Ser Gen Description Spec

Gen Spec:

1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA

2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned

3. Model To be mentioned

4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

5. Country of Manufacturer and

Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

7. Dimension:

Overall Length, Width & Height

(canopied)

To be mentioned

8. Weight:

a. Overall weight (Canopied)

without Trailer

To be mentioned

b. Overall weight (Canopied)

with Trailer

To be mentioned

9. Output of the Generator

a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA

b. Stand by To be mentioned

10.

Working condition:

a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per

day at prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12

hours operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable

load in the event of main power network failure.

b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate

in the open and in all weather condition

c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be

able to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers,

doors. Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-

MB Green (British Colour Code no BS381 223)

d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle.

Required number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of

generator so that it can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be

Page 80: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

80 RESTRICTED

mentioned.

e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.

f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision

g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against

over voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over

temperature etc.

h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)

11.

Engine:

(a) Model To be mentioned

(b) Name of

Manufacturer/ Maker

To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine

(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned

(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding

80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in

every 12 hours operation.

(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned

(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned

(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned

(m) Output power (KW)

with RPM

To be mentioned

(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling

(p) Turbo charger (if

available)

To be mentioned

(q) Specific Fuel

Consumption Liters/ hour at

full load

To be mentioned

(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.

(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by

engine driven

(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned

(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned

Page 81: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

81 RESTRICTED

(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous

operations)

(w) Self Starter To be mentioned

(x) Battery Charging

Facilities

Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator

12. Alternator (Generator):

(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned

(b) Model To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type To be mentioned

(g) Rated prime output

(KVA/KW)

To be mentioned

(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage

to be mentioned)

(j) Frequency 50 Hz

(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire

(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8

(m) Enclosure SPDP

(n) Ventilation To be mentioned

(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned

(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned

(r) RPM To be mentioned

(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)

(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)

(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned

13. Control Panel:

(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil

pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,

RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible

by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.

Page 82: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

82 RESTRICTED

(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision

14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3

phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with

cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at

the generator end/Out let.

15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List

to be submitted)

16. Books & Publications

a. Operational/User Manual in

English

To b provided

b. Repair Manual in English To b provided

c. 100% Parts Catalogue in

English

To b provided

d. 100% Price list of Catalogue

in English

To b provided

e. A list of fast and slow

moving spares (with unit price

of 5% of FOB value) In English

To b provided along with the offer

17. Special Service Tools (SST)

and Special Service

Materials(SSM)

To be provided (if reqr)

18. Provision of spare supply for

15 years

To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal

19. After sale service (Repair and

Maintenance facilities)

Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another

09(nine) years warranty with payment.

20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification

but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and

quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the

bidder must provide such items free of cost

Page 83: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

1 RESTRICTED

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

FOR

IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8 X E1+ 20XCO LINE+8 GSM

GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 12 E1 +20

CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR

RANGPUR CANTONMENT

ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE

DHAKA CANTONMENT

Page 84: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

2 RESTRICTED

INDEX

Serial Chapter Subject Page No

1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5

2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9

3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11

4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18

5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20

6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24

7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27

8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33

9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35

10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38

11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42

12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44

13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-48

14. Circuit Diagram 49

15. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54

16. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59

17. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60

18. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63

19. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64

20. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65

21. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66

22. Annex-D List of Deviation 67

23. Annex-E BOQ 68-77

24. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 78

25. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 79

26. Annex-J Generator Specification 80-83

27. Annex-H Power calculation

Page 85: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

3 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-I

INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER

Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8 x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM Gateway+1000Subscriber

Line Expandable upto12 E1 +20 CO Line +12 GSM Gateway +1500 Subscriber Line for Rangpur

Cantonment.

1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The

Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding

Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a

bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk

and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.

1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major

and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines

mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points

will be termed as non-responsive.

1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:

a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The

documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per

AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 86: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

4 RESTRICTED

g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.

(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.

Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)

1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 87: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

5 RESTRICTED

CHPATER-2

GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at RangpurCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.

2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned.

2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned.

2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.4 Country of Manufacture:Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.

2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his

authorized representative.

2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises.

2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not before the year of signing the contract) model of production.

2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of

subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.

2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.

2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication

Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.

Page 88: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

6 RESTRICTED

2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks.

2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central

location (block-A) and 03 other branch locations (block B, C & D) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.

2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The

server hardware should have following specification:

a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.

b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor

speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.

c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with

next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection

2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be

placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.

2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems

described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:

Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be

E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 700

IP Subscriber Line - 300

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 100

2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:

E1 Trunk - 12 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 700

Page 89: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

7 RESTRICTED

IP Subscriber Line - 800

GSM Gateway - 12

IP Trunk (SIP) - 200

2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for

hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.

2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)

are as follows:

The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 300 Analog + 150 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 400 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 150 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 150 Analogue + 150 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 150 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 150 Analogue +150 IP Tel ONU at Block D - 100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel

2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.

2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh

Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.

2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC

b. Monitor

c. Printer

d. ODF

e. Server Rack

f. Battery

g. MDF & IDF

h. Earthing and earthing materials

j. Air Conditioner

k. Cable tester

l. Jumper scraper

m. Cable cutter

n. Lineman tools

p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.

Page 90: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

8 RESTRICTED

2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for

only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.

Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the

successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.

2.14 Documentation

The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description

b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter

c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation

d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.

e. Maintenance manual.

f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

h. Detail technical document for NMS.

j. PAT documents for each site

k. Network Diagram onesetper site

l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site

2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 91: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

9 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Climatic Condition

Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

Temperature Relative humidity

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

Short duration

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

short duration

+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%

3.2

Physical Requirement

All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.3

Operating Voltage

The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..

3.4 Guarantee for Hardware

The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.5 Guarantee for Software

The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 92: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

10 RESTRICTED

3.5.1 License for Software

BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.5.2 Language of Software

The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features

3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.

3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.

Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version

3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.

3.6.3.2

If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 93: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

11 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IV

REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH

4.1 Design Criteria

4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server

Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.2.

The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will

provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,

PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.1.3.

The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can

support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing

multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.4.

The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.

The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power

supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support

insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call

Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design

redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as

the Critical Deviation.

4.1.5

The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

4.1.6

The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call

control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and

calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.8

All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to

ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit

Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant

configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.10

Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

4.1.11

Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation

shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

Page 94: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

12 RESTRICTED

4.1.12

Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be

used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13

Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.13.1

Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.2

"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain

operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally

located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

"

Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN

failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).

Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.3

The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local

survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate

routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4. 2 Service Criteria

4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:

4.2.1.1

Modular growth structure

4.2.1.2

The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the

connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition

or changeover function.

4.2.1.3

There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more

of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)

4.2.1.4

The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching

network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot

standby mode operation)

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 95: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

13 RESTRICTED

4.2.2 Call Processing Control System

4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.

4.2.2.2

All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control

Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of

contents in case of power failure.

4.2.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone

dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface

cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not

specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.4

The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the

common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.5

Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with

similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.2.6

The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any

requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.2.7

Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the

module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.8

The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling

system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN

telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm

the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as

“Critical Deviation”.

4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.

The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in

aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.10

System Controlling Feature

The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all

important control components including duplication of data bus in the

Headquarters location only to provide following features.

Page 96: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

14 RESTRICTED

4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.

4.2.10.2

No interruption of service.

4.2.10.3

All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter

changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as

either main or standby purpose.

4.2.10.4

The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system

capacity including 20% additional storage.

4.2.10.5

The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server

fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber

optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements

must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one

side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will

immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.

The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.

4.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

System Software

4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted

standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any

suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate

(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service

features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption

of service.

4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service

features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option

of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact

each other using one touch key in telephone.

4.3.3

Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement

should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against

any corruption or hacking of data by any means.

4.3.4

The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up

in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the

system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be

supplied.

4.3.5

Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 97: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

15 RESTRICTED

4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:

4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.

4.4.2 Account Code Facility.

4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.

4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code

should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System

should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.

4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.

4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,

and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and

operators.

4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension

4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy

on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new

incoming call.

4.4.9 Call hold reminder.

4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension when unanswered or busy.

4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.

by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)

4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer

4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This

queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is

terminated

4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to

intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall

be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.

4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight

subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and

external calls

Page 98: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

16 RESTRICTED

4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing

4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time

4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)

4.4.19 Direct Dialing

4.4.20 Do Not Disturb

4.4.21 Hotline station

4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer

4.4.23 Music on Hold

4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)

4.4.25 Telephone locking

4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders

4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system

4.4.28

Following types of call barring facility must be available:

4.4.28.1 Inter-office call

4.4.28.2 Local Call

4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call

4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls

4.4.28.5 All incoming calls

4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls

4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets

4.4.30 Last Caller Callback

4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a

time)

4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member

assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number

4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)

Page 99: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

17 RESTRICTED

4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)

4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)

4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)

4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal

4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones

4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)

4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance

4.4.41 Extension mobility support

4.4.42 Hold reversion

4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups

4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone

4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call

intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials

4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status

and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in

corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or

transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer

4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance

4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.

4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,

call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter ::

Page 100: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

18 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-V

REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY

5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.

5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..

5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.

5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.

5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 101: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

19 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.

5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 102: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

20 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VI

REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT

6.1 Network Infrastructure:

Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance

mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer

3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in

main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of

Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be

connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to

the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast

convergence.

6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch

The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,

POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE

access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall

betreated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC

addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP

groups and multicast routes.

6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be

given priority).

6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single

chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be

given technical advantage) .

6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at

least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.

6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.

6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.

6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature

The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE

Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access

Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-

Page 103: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

21 RESTRICTED

Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q

encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE

802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.

6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)

6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.

6.1.3 VLAN Features

The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged

within VLANs.

6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs

(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual

switch ports.

6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.

6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis

/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.

6.1.4 Routing Feature

The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.

6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).

6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.

6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).

6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.

Page 104: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

22 RESTRICTED

6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.

6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and

Version‐3 shall be supported.

6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).

6.1.5 Security Features

The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer

encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.

6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x

protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to

implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server

2012or higher.

6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,

Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to

prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.

6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent

other edge switches becoming the root bridge.

6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for

routing protocols.

6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),

discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.

6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.

6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.

6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.

Page 105: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

23 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.

The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.

6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of

switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.

6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash

memory.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)

a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different

manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.

Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.

6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the

internet.

6.2.3 Web based management.

Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 106: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

24 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VII

REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES

7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling

The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.

7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T

White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward

compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder

shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any

requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T

standard protocol

7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling

The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on

ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.

7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications

7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP

telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.

7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice

packets shall be carried via UDP.

7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.

7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.

7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.

7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.

7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard

telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be

compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.

7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are

balanced between all the gateways.

Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 107: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

25 RESTRICTED

7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support

7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the

existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)

7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.

7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.

7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to

support SIP.

7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.

7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.

7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.

7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.

7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should

be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)

7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.

7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.

Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.

7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be

included.

7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.

7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.

7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.

7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.

7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.

7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for

Remote management through LN/WAN).

Page 108: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

26 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.

7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.

7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.

7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km

7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.

7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.

7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.

7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port

of the soft switching system.

Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 109: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

27 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VIII

REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS

System Functions and Facilities

8.1 System Capabilities Summary.

8.1.1 8.1.2

The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 250 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.

8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).

8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation

8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.

8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11

Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.

8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.

8.1.11.2 G.723.1.

8.1.11.3 G. 729a.

8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.

8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).

8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.

8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.

Page 110: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

28 RESTRICTED

8.1.13.2 Privacy.

8.1.13.3 Device mobility.

8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.

8.1.13.5 Monitoring.

8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.

8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves

within the cluster.

8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.

8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.

8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.

8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.

8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).

8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.

8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.

8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.

8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.

8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.

8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).

8.1.21 Programmable line keys.

8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.

8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).

8.1.23.1 Basic call.

Page 111: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

29 RESTRICTED

8.1.23.2 Call transfer.

8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR (connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation

8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.

8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.

8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.

8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.2 Remote survivability system.

8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.

8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.

8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.

8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.

8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.

8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.

8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no

Page 112: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

30 RESTRICTED

tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.

8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.

8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.

8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.

8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.

8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).

8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.4 Call Billing System.

8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.

8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.5 Transmission Characteristics.

8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .

8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.6. Signaling Characteristics.

8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.

8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

Page 113: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

31 RESTRICTED

8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.

8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:

8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.

8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.

8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.

8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.

8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.8 System Supervision:

8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.

8.8.2. Alarm indication.

8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.

8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.

8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.

8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.

8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.

8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.

Page 114: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

32 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and

must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.

8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.

8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.

8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.

8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.

8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.

8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.

8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.

8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.

8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.

8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.

8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 115: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

33 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IX

REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN

9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:

9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to

encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call

controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong

encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).

9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the

signaling between the IP terminals.

9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system

degradation and transmission delay times.

9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via

encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.

9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted

access to application servers or associated resources.

9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.

9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user

accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check

the consistency between the management platform name, management platform

password and user name before authorizing the connection.

9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the

possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.

9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the

system data/time of network devices.

9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource

sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.

9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes

9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond

the period of installation.

9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:

9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce

system or account access passwords.

9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.

Page 116: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

34 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.

9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.

TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)

9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X

standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide

authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet

network.

9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as

802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the

IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice

and data.

9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or

services from databases or Internet inbound connections.

9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated

remote maintenance tasks only.

9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level

for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well

as the normal user name and password control.

9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be

encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP

for file transfers, etc.)

9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be

encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).

9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and

configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be

treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 117: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

35 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER - X

REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.

10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.

10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.

10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.

10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.

10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).

10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).

10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).

10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:

10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).

10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.

10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.

10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.

10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.

10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.

Page 118: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

36 RESTRICTED

10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.

10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.

10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:

10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.

10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.

10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.

10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.

10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.

10.3 Configuration.

10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:

10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.

10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.

10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).

10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.

10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.

10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.

Page 119: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

37 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

10.5 Software Required:

10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.

10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the

Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).

10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.

10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.

10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.

10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.

10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.

10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.

10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.

10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.

10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.

10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.

10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.

10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.

10.6 Other requirements.

10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.

10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 120: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

38 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XI

REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS

11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.

11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone

Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head

gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to

provide same support using operator console telephone set.

11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:

11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.

11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.

11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.

11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.

11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.

11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.

11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.

11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.

11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.

11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.

11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.

Page 121: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

39 RESTRICTED

11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller shall be informed of this situation by voice message.

11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.

11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.

11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.

11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.

11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones

a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching

System.

b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.

c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.

Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation

11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System . Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss –SecreritaryFaciluities to be provided. Other facilities/features are as follows:

11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)

Page 122: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

40 RESTRICTED

11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.

11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.

11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or

equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)

11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.

11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.

11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.

11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of

the IP Soft switching System.Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.

11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)

11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.

11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.

11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.3 MDF & IDF.

11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.

11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.

Page 123: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

41 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs = 120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.

11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)

11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.

11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)

11.3.3.1

Breaking voltage : 180V AC.

11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.

11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.

11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).

11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.

11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.

11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.

11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.

11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.

11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.

11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.

11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.

11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.

11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 124: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

42 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER -XII

REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS

12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):

12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).

12.1.2

04 x Punch Tool for MDF.

12.1.3

03 x Jumper Scraper.

12.1.4

04 x Cable cutter.

12.1.5

05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6

A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.

12.1.7

08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

12.2 Spare Parts.

12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3

Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.

12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.

12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.

12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.

Page 125: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

43 RESTRICTED

12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 126: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

44 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIII

REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING

13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for

the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary

power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N

+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case

of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as

per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall

include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items

are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.2 Inverter

The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power

source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular

basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of

appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be

used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of

AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:

13.2.1

Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:

13.2.1.1

At HQ/Central Site:

All Servers.

3 (three) Operator Console.

GSM gateway. 2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.

01 (One) maintenance PC.

1(one) no of Network Printer.

All Distribution Switch and access switch.

3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:

All access Switch

1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.

ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.

2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the

Page 127: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

45 RESTRICTED

exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as

“noncompliance”.

13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm

facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by

the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.3 Battery

13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and

ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains

failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power

requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for

minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:

13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free

locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in

terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required

alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of

the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,

whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical

deviation”.

13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of

dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the

battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as

soon as such levels arrive.

13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters

from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .

13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be

provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.

13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan

which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge

Page 128: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

46 RESTRICTED

mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.

13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery

mounting.

13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall

be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.

13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.

13.4 Rectifier

13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to

provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.

The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with

single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp

rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail

breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up

batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty

of “Critical deviation”.

13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and

audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC

side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the

load.

13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &

DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and

the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be

there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.

13.4.5

13.5

The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site. FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to

OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be

Page 129: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

47 RESTRICTED

delivered locally. b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.

c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.

d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.

13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given

at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation

and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.

Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of

“Major deviation”.

13.7 Earthing.

13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing

includes the following:

a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.

b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.

c. Supply and Equipment’s.

13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for

the above mentioned systems/subsystems.

13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the

complete Earthing System should be carried out.

13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard

technical qualification.

13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender

document.

13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.

13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the

IP soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the

back-up power system is fully compatible with their offered solution.

All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.

Page 130: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

48 RESTRICTED

Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC

Source

48V

DC Battery Bank 48 V

(This battery should

charge from rectifier)

Inverter

220V

AC

Server PoE S/W Operator

Console

at central

location

NMC

Computera

t central

location

IDF

MDF

Earthing 1 Earthing 2

Core

S/W

POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM

Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.

Page 131: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

49 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIV

REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation

14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.

14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.

14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.

14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.

Tests and Certificates

14.5 Demonstration

14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.

14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:

a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.

14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.

a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 132: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

50 RESTRICTED

During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:

(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .

b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:

(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.

c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.

d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

Page 133: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

51 RESTRICTED

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.

a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.

The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).

Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:

a. Visual Inspection

Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.

b. Switching Function Test

Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.

c. Call through Performance Test

Page 134: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

52 RESTRICTED

Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.

d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test

SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

e. Test Result

Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

f. Test Equipment

Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

g. Other Tests

The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.

h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test

Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).

i. Acceptance Test Report

The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)

PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical

Specification.

Page 135: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

53 RESTRICTED

b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service

and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been

supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)

FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of

service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely

functional condition.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note

I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 136: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

54 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XV

REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.

15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which

will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:

15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first

equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.

15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all

equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at RangpurCantonment,

within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to

SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his

manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing

who would remain available at Rangpurall through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, RangpurCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.

Page 137: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

55 RESTRICTED

15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are

running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to

become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and

when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the

time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for

rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location

of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance

Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Rangpurpersonnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases and

Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware

upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant

system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.

Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,

will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

Page 138: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

56 RESTRICTED

15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant

equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party

shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to

terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares

& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and

Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.

15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on

per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.

15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the

performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective

maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in

support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.

Page 139: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

57 RESTRICTED

15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.

15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have

prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :

a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first

party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:

a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of

Page 140: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

58 RESTRICTED

fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.

15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:

a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.

15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.

The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 141: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

59 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVI

REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX

Ser Nomen-

clature

Qty Nature

of Trg

Dura-

tion

No of

Stud-

ents

Reqr of

Eqpt/Trg

Aids

(Free of

Cost)

TrgReqr Rmk

1. IP/ Soft

Switch

and

GSM

Gatewa

y PABX

07 A. Use &

Ops Trg

(Local)

03

wks

20

a. Slides,

CD/ video

Cassette,

CCT diag,

Block diag

and

Trouble

Shooting

chart of the

fol sys to

be

provided

by the

supplier as

trg aids.

For Local Trg:

1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of

the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in

the trg syllabus:

a. Installation of and operation of the

system

b. Programming the system

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. Repair as per repair manual.

3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced

instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors

are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the

supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned

separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be

submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.

5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided

by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning

the performance of the trainees and their level of

expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

b. At

Factory

lvl and

Modular

lvlRrepai

r,

MaintTrg

and

Trouble

Shooting

(Foreign)

02

wks

10 For Foreign Trg:

1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and

Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.

2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:

a. Installation and operation of the

system

b. Programming of the system.

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. .

e. Maint procedure.

4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 142: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

60 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVII

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS

17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.

17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such

clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first

evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and

2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.

17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of

this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the

attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC

shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.

17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply

shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional

Page 143: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

61 RESTRICTED

cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.

17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.

b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.

17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.

17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.

17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any

bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.

17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as

“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,

shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.

Page 144: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

62 RESTRICTED

17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.

17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to

the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date

and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 145: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

63 RESTRICTED

Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

Page 146: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

64 RESTRICTED

Annex-B

EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE

(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)

Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name

Manufacturer's Name

Manufacturer's Address, Fax & Website

Country of Origin

A Mandatory Items

A.1 Softswitch

A.2 Server

A.3 Distribution Switch

A.4 Access Switch

A.5 Media Gateway

A.6 POE switch

A.7 GSM Gate way

A.8 Rectifier

A.9 Inverter

A.10 IP Phones

A.11 Analogue Phones

A.12 Generator

B Optional Items (If Any)

Page 147: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

65 RESTRICTED

Annex C

Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 12 E1 +20 CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, RANGPURCANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Page 148: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

66 RESTRICTED

Annex D

LIST OF DEVIATION(S)

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Page 149: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

67 RESTRICTED

Annex-E

BOQ

Ser No. Description Quantity

A. Central Site/Division Headquarter

1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software

(300 Analog + 150 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 400 IP Tel)

IP Trunk (SIP) -100 Channel Expandable 200 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

2. Redundant hardware and software

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. Conference Server/Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (250 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned

5. Voice Mail server/ Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 150: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

68 RESTRICTED

Ser No. Description Quantity

7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

8. 24 port PoE switch

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary

11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 151: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

69 RESTRICTED

16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

17. IP Phone based Operator Console

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

18. O&M Software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

19. Call billing software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

21. Rectifier : N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 152: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

70 RESTRICTED

24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned(Lo

cal Item)

27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Foreign Item

supplied in

line with the

local Item

29. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local

Item)

30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC

Year of Manufacturer: 2018

05 No

(Local Items)

B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(150 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 150 Analogue + 150 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

Page 153: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

71 RESTRICTED

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software(if any)

To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier :N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 154: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

72 RESTRICTED

9.

MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job

(local Item)

C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(150 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 150 Analogue +150 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier :N+1

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 155: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

73 RESTRICTED

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

6.

Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8.

IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 156: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

74 RESTRICTED

11.

Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

D. ONU at Block D area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

3.

FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Necessary Software To be mentioned

5. Rectifier :N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6. Battery (12V cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance Free)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7. Inverter: N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 157: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

75 RESTRICTED

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector- Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

E. Phones

1. Analog Phone Type 1Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country

of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

700 Nos

Price to be quoted

as optional

2. Executive IP Phones

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

90Nos

Page 158: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

76 RESTRICTED

3. High Executive IP Phones

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

10 Nos

F. Other Items

1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

01 No

(Local Item)

2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

03 Nos

(Local Item)

3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation

(General or equivalent)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

08 Sets

(Local Item)

4. Cable Tester 04 Nos

(Local Item)

5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)

6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos

(Local Item)

7. Lineman tools 05 Sets(Local Item)

8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos(Local Item)

Page 159: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

77 RESTRICTED

Central Location

Remote Location/ONU

Annex F

Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture

Note:

1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.

2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.

Core Switch (1+1)

Call Server Main

Call Server Standby

SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway

SBC

Firewall

CO Trunk

BTCL E1

Others PABX E1

Analog Phone

IP Phone PC Based

Operator

Console

Maintenance

and Call

accounting

PC/Server

IDF MDF

PABX

Module

Rack

Survivable Branch Module

Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)

Analog Phone

IDF MDF

IP Phone

Internet

Distribution Switch (PoE)

PABX

RACK

Page 160: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

78 RESTRICTED

Annex G

Guarantee for Spare Parts

Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 12 E1 +20 CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, RANGPUR CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

APPEND IX 1

Page 161: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

79 RESTRICTED

ANNEX-J

TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE

Ser Gen Description Spec

Gen Spec:

1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA

2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned

3. Model To be mentioned

4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

5. Country of Manufacturer and

Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

7. Dimension:

Overall Length, Width & Height

(canopied)

To be mentioned

8. Weight:

a. Overall weight (Canopied)

without Trailer

To be mentioned

b. Overall weight (Canopied)

with Trailer

To be mentioned

9. Output of the Generator

a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA

b. Stand by To be mentioned

10.

Working condition:

a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per

day at prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12

hours operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable

load in the event of main power network failure.

b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate

in the open and in all weather condition

c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be

able to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers,

doors. Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-

MB Green (British Colour Code no BS381 223)

d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle.

Page 162: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

80 RESTRICTED

Required number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of

generator so that it can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be

mentioned.

e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.

f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision

g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against

over voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over

temperature etc.

h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)

11.

Engine:

(a) Model To be mentioned

(b) Name of

Manufacturer/ Maker

To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine

(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned

(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding

80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in

every 12 hours operation.

(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned

(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned

(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned

(m) Output power (KW)

with RPM

To be mentioned

(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling

(p) Turbo charger (if

available)

To be mentioned

(q) Specific Fuel

Consumption Liters/ hour at

full load

To be mentioned

(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.

(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by

engine driven

(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned

Page 163: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

81 RESTRICTED

(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned

(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous

operations)

(w) Self Starter To be mentioned

(x) Battery Charging

Facilities

Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator

12. Alternator (Generator):

(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned

(b) Model To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type To be mentioned

(g) Rated prime output

(KVA/KW)

To be mentioned

(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage

to be mentioned)

(j) Frequency 50 Hz

(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire

(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8

(m) Enclosure SPDP

(n) Ventilation To be mentioned

(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned

(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned

(r) RPM To be mentioned

(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)

(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)

(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned

13. Control Panel:

(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil

pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW, RPM,

pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible by the

Page 164: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

82 RESTRICTED

operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.

(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision

14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3

phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with

cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at

the generator end/Out let.

15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List

to be submitted)

16. Books & Publications

a. Operational/User Manual in

English

To b provided

b. Repair Manual in English To b provided

c. 100% Parts Catalogue in

English

To b provided

d. 100% Price list of Catalogue

in English

To b provided

e. A list of fast and slow

moving spares (with unit price

of 5% of FOB value) In English

To b provided along with the offer

17. Special Service Tools (SST)

and Special Service

Materials(SSM)

To be provided (if reqr)

18. Provision of spare supply for

15 years

To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal

19. After sale service (Repair and

Maintenance facilities)

Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another

09(nine) years warranty with payment.

20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification

but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and

quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the

bidder must provide such items free of cost

Page 165: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

1 RESTRICTED

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

FOR

IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8 X E1+ 20XCO LINE+8 GSM

GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 08 X E1 +20

CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR BMA,

CHITTAGONG CANTONMENT

ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE

DHAKA CANTONMENT

Page 166: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

2 RESTRICTED

INDEX

Serial Chapter Subject Page No

1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5

2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9

3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11

4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18

5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20

6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24

7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27

8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33

9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35

10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38

11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42

12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44

13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49

14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54

15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59

16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60

17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63

18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64

19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65

20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66

21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67

22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78

23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89

24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80

25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82

26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86

Page 167: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

3 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER

Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8 x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM Gateway+1000Subscriber

Line Expandable upto08 x E1 +20 CO Line +12 GSM Gateway +1500 Subscriber Line for BMA,

Chittagong Cantonment.

1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The

Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding

Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a

bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk

and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.

1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major

and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines

mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points

will be termed as non-responsive.

1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:

a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The

documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per

AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 168: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

4 RESTRICTED

g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.

(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.

Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)

1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 169: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

5 RESTRICTED

CHPATER-2

GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at BMA, ChittagongCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.

2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned. 2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned. 2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan,

Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required

facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.

2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his

authorized representative.

2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises.

2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not before the year of signing the contract) model of production.

2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of

subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.

2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.

2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

Page 170: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

6 RESTRICTED

2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.

2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through

E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks. 2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central

location (block-A) and 03 other branch locations (block B, C & D) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.

2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The

server hardware should have following specification:

a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.

b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor

speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.

c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with

next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection

2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be

placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.

2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems

described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13.

2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:

Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be

E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 700

IP Subscriber Line - 300

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 100

2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:

E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 700

Page 171: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

7 RESTRICTED

IP Subscriber Line - 800

GSM Gateway - 12

IP Trunk (SIP) - 200

2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for

hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.

2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)

are as follows:

The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 400 Analog + 150 IP Tel expandable to 400 Analogue + 500 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel ONU at Block D - 100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100IP Tel

2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.

2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh

Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.

2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC

b. Monitor

c. Printer

d. ODF

e. Server Rack

f. Battery

g. MDF & IDF

h. Earthing and earthing materials

j. Air Conditioner

k. Cable tester

l. Jumper scraper

m. Cable cutter

n. Lineman tools

p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.

Page 172: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

8 RESTRICTED

2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for

only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.

Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the

successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.

2.14 Documentation

The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description

b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter

c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation

d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.

e. Maintenance manual.

f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

h. Detail technical document for NMS.

j. PAT documents for each site

k. Network Diagram onesetper site

l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site

2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 173: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

9 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Climatic Condition

Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

Temperature Relative humidity

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

Short duration

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

short duration

+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%

3.2

Physical Requirement

All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.3

Operating Voltage

The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..

3.4 Guarantee for Hardware

The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.5 Guarantee for Software

The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 174: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

10 RESTRICTED

3.5.1 License for Software

BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.5.2 Language of Software

The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features

3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.

3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.

Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version

3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.

3.6.3.2

If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 175: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

11 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IV

REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH

4.1 Design Criteria

4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server

Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.2.

The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will

provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,

PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.1.3.

The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can

support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing

multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.4.

The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.

The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power

supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support

insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call

Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design

redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as

the Critical Deviation.

4.1.5

The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

4.1.6

The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call

control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and

calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.8

All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to

ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit

Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant

configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.10

Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

Page 176: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

12 RESTRICTED

4.1.11

Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation

shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.12

Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be

used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13

Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.13.1

Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.2

"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain

operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally

located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

"

Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN

failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).

Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.3

The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local

survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate

routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4. 2 Service Criteria

4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:

4.2.1.1

Modular growth structure

4.2.1.2

The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the

connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition

or changeover function.

4.2.1.3

There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more

of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)

4.2.1.4

The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching

network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot

standby mode operation)

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 177: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

13 RESTRICTED

4.2.2

Call Processing Control System

4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.

4.2.2.2

All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control

Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of

contents in case of power failure.

4.2.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone

dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface

cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not

specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.4

The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the

common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.5

Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with

similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.2.6

The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any

requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.2.7

Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the

module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.8

The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling

system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN

telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm

the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as

“Critical Deviation”.

4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.

The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in

aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.10

System Controlling Feature

The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all

important control components including duplication of data bus in the

Headquarters location only to provide following features.

Page 178: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

14 RESTRICTED

4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.

4.2.10.2

No interruption of service.

4.2.10.3

All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter

changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as

either main or standby purpose.

4.2.10.4

The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system

capacity including 20% additional storage.

4.2.10.5

The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server

fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber

optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements

must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one

side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will

immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.

The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.

4.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

System Software

4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted

standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any

suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate

(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service

features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption

of service.

4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service

features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option

of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact

each other using one touch key in telephone.

4.3.3

Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement

should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against

any corruption or hacking of data by any means.

4.3.4

The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up

in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the

system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be

supplied.

4.3.5

Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 179: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

15 RESTRICTED

4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:

4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.

4.4.2 Account Code Facility.

4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.

4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code

should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System

should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.

4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.

4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,

and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and

operators.

4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension

4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy

on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new

incoming call.

4.4.9 Call hold reminder.

4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension when unanswered or busy.

4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.

by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)

4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer

4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This

queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is

terminated

4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to

intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall

be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.

4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight

subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and

external calls

Page 180: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

16 RESTRICTED

4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing

4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time

4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)

4.4.19 Direct Dialing

4.4.20 Do Not Disturb

4.4.21 Hotline station

4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer

4.4.23 Music on Hold

4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)

4.4.25 Telephone locking

4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders

4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system

4.4.28

Following types of call barring facility must be available:

4.4.28.1 Inter-office call

4.4.28.2 Local Call

4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call

4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls

4.4.28.5 All incoming calls

4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls

4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets

4.4.30 Last Caller Callback

4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a

time)

4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member

assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number

4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)

4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)

Page 181: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

17 RESTRICTED

4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)

4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)

4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal

4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones

4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)

4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance

4.4.41 Extension mobility support

4.4.42 Hold reversion

4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups

4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone

4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call

intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials

4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status

and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in

corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or

transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer

4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance

4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.

4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,

call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter ::

Page 182: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

18 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-V

REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY

5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.

5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..

5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.

5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.

5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 183: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

19 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.

5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 184: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

20 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VI

REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT

6.1 Network Infrastructure:

Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance

mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer

3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in

main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of

Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be

connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to

the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast

convergence.

6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch

The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,

POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE

access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall

betreated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC

addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP

groups and multicast routes.

6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be

given priority).

6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single

chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be

given technical advantage) .

6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at

least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.

6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.

6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.

6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature

The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE

Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access

Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 185: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

21 RESTRICTED

6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-

Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q

encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE

802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.

6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)

6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.

6.1.3 VLAN Features

The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged

within VLANs.

6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs

(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual

switch ports.

6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.

6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis

/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.

6.1.4 Routing Feature

The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.

6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).

6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.

6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).

6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.

Page 186: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

22 RESTRICTED

6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.

6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and

Version‐3 shall be supported.

6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).

6.1.5 Security Features

The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer

encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.

6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x

protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to

implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server

2012or higher.

6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,

Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to

prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.

6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent

other edge switches becoming the root bridge.

6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for

routing protocols.

6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),

discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.

6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.

6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.

6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.

Page 187: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

23 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.

The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.

6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of

switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.

6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash

memory.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)

To protect supplier soft switch against malicious attacks the bidder shall provide

separate/inbuilt SBC (Session Border Controller) with the soft switch. SBC maximum

capacity will be 100 SIP sessions.

6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.

6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the

internet.

6.2.3 Web based management.

Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 188: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

24 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VII

REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES

7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling

The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.

7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T

White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward

compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder

shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any

requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T

standard protocol

7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling

The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on

ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.

7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications

7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP

telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.

7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice

packets shall be carried via UDP.

7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.

7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.

7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.

7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.

7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard

telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be

compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.

7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are

balanced between all the gateways.

Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 189: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

25 RESTRICTED

7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support

7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the

existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)

7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.

7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.

7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to

support SIP.

7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.

7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.

7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.

7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.

7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should

be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)

7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.

7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.

Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.

7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be

included.

7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.

7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.

7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.

7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.

7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.

7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for

Page 190: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

26 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

Remote management through LN/WAN).

7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.

7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.

7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.

7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km

7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.

7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.

7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.

7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port

of the soft switching system.

Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 191: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

27 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VIII

REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS

System Functions and Facilities

8.1 System Capabilities Summary.

8.1.1 8.1.2

The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 250 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.

8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).

8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation

8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.

8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11

Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.

8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.

8.1.11.2 G.723.1.

8.1.11.3 G. 729a.

8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.

8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).

8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.

Page 192: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

28 RESTRICTED

8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.

8.1.13.2 Privacy.

8.1.13.3 Device mobility.

8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.

8.1.13.5 Monitoring.

8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.

8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.

8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.

8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.

8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.

8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.

8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).

8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.

8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.

8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.

8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.

8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.

8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).

8.1.21 Programmable line keys.

8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.

8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).

8.1.23.1 Basic call.

Page 193: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

29 RESTRICTED

8.1.23.2 Call transfer.

8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR

(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation

8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.

8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.

8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.

8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.2 Remote survivability system.

8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.

8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.

8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.

8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.

8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.

8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.

Page 194: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

30 RESTRICTED

8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.

8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.

8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.

8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.

8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.

8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).

8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.4 Call Billing System.

8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.

8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.5 Transmission Characteristics.

8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .

8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.6. Signaling Characteristics.

8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.

Page 195: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

31 RESTRICTED

8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.

8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:

8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.

8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.

8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.

8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.

8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.8 System Supervision:

8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.

8.8.2. Alarm indication.

8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.

8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.

8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.

8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.

Page 196: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

32 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.

8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.

8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.

8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.

8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.

8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.

8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.

8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.

8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.

8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.

8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.

8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.

8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.

8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 197: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

33 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IX

REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN

9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:

9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to

encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call

controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong

encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).

9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the

signaling between the IP terminals.

9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system

degradation and transmission delay times.

9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via

encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.

9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted

access to application servers or associated resources.

9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.

9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user

accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check

the consistency between the management platform name, management platform

password and user name before authorizing the connection.

9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the

possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.

9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the

system data/time of network devices.

9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource

sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.

9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes

9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond

the period of installation.

9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:

9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce

system or account access passwords.

Page 198: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

34 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.

9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.

9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.

TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)

9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X

standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide

authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet

network.

9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as

802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the

IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice

and data.

9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or

services from databases or Internet inbound connections.

9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated

remote maintenance tasks only.

9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level

for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well

as the normal user name and password control.

9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be

encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP

for file transfers, etc.)

9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be

encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).

9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and

configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be

treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 199: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

35 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER - X

REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.

10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.

10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.

10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.

10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.

10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).

10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).

10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).

10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:

10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).

10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.

10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.

10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.

10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.

10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.

Page 200: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

36 RESTRICTED

10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management

faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.

10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.

10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:

10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.

10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.

10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.

10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.

10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.

10.3 Configuration.

10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:

10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.

10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.

10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).

10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.

10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.

Page 201: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

37 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.

10.5 Software Required:

10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.

10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).

10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.

10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.

10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.

10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.

10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.

10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.

10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.

10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.

10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.

10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.

10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.

10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.

10.6 Other requirements.

10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.

10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 202: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

38 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XI

REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS

11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.

11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone

Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head

gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to

provide same support using operator console telephone set.

11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:

11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.

11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.

11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.

11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.

11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.

11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.

11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.

11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.

11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.

11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.

11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.

Page 203: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

39 RESTRICTED

11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller

shall be informed of this situation by voice message.

11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.

11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.

11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.

11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.

11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones

a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching

System.

b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.

c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.

Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation

11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System .Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)

11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.

Page 204: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

40 RESTRICTED

11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.

11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)

11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.

11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.

11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.

11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of

the IP Soft switching System. Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.

11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)

11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.

11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.

11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.3 MDF & IDF.

11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.

11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.

11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =

120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.

Page 205: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

41 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)

11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.

11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)

11.3.3.1

Breaking voltage : 180V AC.

11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.

11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.

11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).

11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.

11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.

11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.

11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.

11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.

11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.

11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.

11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.

11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.

11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 206: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

42 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER -XII

REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS

12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):

12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).

12.1.2

04 x Punch Tool for MDF.

12.1.3

03 x Jumper Scraper.

12.1.4

04 x Cable cutter.

12.1.5

05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6

A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.

12.1.7

08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

12.2 Spare Parts.

12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3

Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.

12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.

12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.

12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.

Page 207: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

43 RESTRICTED

12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 208: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

44 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIII

REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING

13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for

the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary

power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N

+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case

of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as

per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall

include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items

are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.2 Inverter

The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power

source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular

basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of

appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be

used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of

AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:

13.2.1

Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:

13.2.1.1

At HQ/Central Site:

All Servers.

3 (three) Operator Console.

GSM gateway.

2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.

01 (One) maintenance PC.

1(one) no of Network Printer.

All Distribution Switch and access switch.

3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:

All access Switch

1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.

ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.

2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the

exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as

“noncompliance”.

Page 209: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

45 RESTRICTED

13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm

facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by

the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.3 Battery

13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and

ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains

failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power

requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for

minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:

13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free

locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in

terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required

alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of

the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,

whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical

deviation”.

13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of

dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the

battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as

soon as such levels arrive.

13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters

from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .

13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be

provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.

13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan

which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge

mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.

Page 210: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

46 RESTRICTED

13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery

mounting.

13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall

be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.

13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.

13.4 Rectifier

13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to

provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.

The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with

single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp

rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail

breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up

batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty

of “Critical deviation”.

13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and

audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC

side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the

load.

13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &

DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and

the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be

there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.

13.4.5

13.5

The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.

FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to

OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be delivered locally.

Page 211: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

47 RESTRICTED

b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.

c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.

d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.

13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given

at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation

and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.

Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of

“Major deviation”.

13.7 Earthing.

13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing

includes the following:

a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.

b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.

c. Supply and Equipment’s.

13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for

the above mentioned systems/subsystems.

13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the

complete Earthing System should be carried out.

13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard

technical qualification.

13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender

document.

13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.

13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the IP

soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the back-up power

system is fully compatible with their offered solution.

All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.

Page 212: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

48 RESTRICTED

Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC

Source

48V

DC Battery Bank 48 V

(This battery should

charge from rectifier)

Inverter

220V

AC

Server PoE S/W Operator

Console

at central

location

NMC

Computera

t central

location

IDF

MDF

Earthing 1 Earthing 2

Core

S/W

POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM

Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.

Page 213: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

49 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIV

REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation

14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.

14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.

14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.

14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.

Tests and Certificates

14.5 Demonstration

14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.

14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:

a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.

14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.

A. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 214: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

50 RESTRICTED

Signals of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line: (1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .

b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:

(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.

c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.

d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

A. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

A. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

Page 215: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

51 RESTRICTED

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.

a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.

The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).

Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:

a. Visual Inspection

Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.

b. Switching Function Test

Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.

c. Call through Performance Test

Page 216: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

52 RESTRICTED

Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.

d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test

SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

e. Test Result

Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

f. Test Equipment

Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

g. Other Tests

The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.

h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test

Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).

i. Acceptance Test Report

The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)

PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: A. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical Specification.

Page 217: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

53 RESTRICTED

b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service and PAT have been completed.

A. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been

supplied. A. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. A. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub

clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)

FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: A. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of service

after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely

functional condition.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note

I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 218: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

54 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XV

REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.

15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which

will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:

15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first

equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.

15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all

equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at BMA, Chittagong

Cantonment, within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to

SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his

manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing

who would remain available at BMA, Chittagong Cantonment all through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, ChittagongCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.

Page 219: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

55 RESTRICTED

15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are

running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to

become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and

when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the

time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for

rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location

of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance

Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC Chittagong, BMA personnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data

bases and Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware

upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant

system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.

Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,

will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

Page 220: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

56 RESTRICTED

15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant

equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party

shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to

terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares

& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and

Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.

15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on

per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.

15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the

performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective

maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in

support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.

Page 221: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

57 RESTRICTED

15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.

15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have

prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :

a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules.

b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time

period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and

Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities.

Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design

changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC).

f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required

for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC).

g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of

spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first

party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:

a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault.

b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 222: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

58 RESTRICTED

c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

d. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract.

e. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.

15.2.9 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:

a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault.

cIf the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. c. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. d. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. e. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right

to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.

15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares &

accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 223: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

59 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVI

REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX

Ser Nomen-

clature

Qty Nature

of Trg

Dura-

tion

No of

Stud-

ents

Reqr of

Eqpt/Trg

Aids

(Free of

Cost)

TrgReqr Rmk

1. IP/ Soft

Switch

and

GSM

Gatewa

y PABX

07 a. Use &

Ops Trg

(Local)

03

wks

20

a.Slides,

CD/ video

Cassette,

CCT diag,

Block diag

and

Trouble

Shooting

chart of the

fol sys to

be

provided

by the

supplier as

trg aids.

For Local Trg:

1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of

the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in

the trg syllabus:

a. Installation of and operation of the

system

b. Programming the system

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. Repair as per repair manual.

3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced

instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors

are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the

supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned

separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be

submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.

5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided

by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning

the performance of the trainees and their level of

expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

b. At

Factory

lvl and

Modular

lvlRrepai

r,

MaintTrg

and

Trouble

Shooting

(Foreign)

02

wks

10 For Foreign Trg:

A. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg

and Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.

2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:

a. Installation and operation of the

system

b. Programming of the system.

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. .

e. Maint procedure.

4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 224: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

60 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVII

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS

17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.

17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such

clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first

evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and

2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.

17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of

this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses, its’ compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or

sub‐clauses, its’ compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its’ compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the

attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC

shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.

17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply

shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional

Page 225: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

61 RESTRICTED

cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.

17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document. b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.

17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.

17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document.

b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false

or unauthentic.

17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any

bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.

17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as

“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,

shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.

Page 226: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

62 RESTRICTED

17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.

17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to

the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date

and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 227: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

63 RESTRICTED

Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder’s document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

Page 228: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

64 RESTRICTED

Annex-B

EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE

(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)

Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name

Manufacturer’s Name

Manufacturer’s Address, Fax & Website

Country of Origin

A Mandatory Items

A.1 Softswitch

A.2 Server

A.3 Distribution Switch

A.4 Access Switch

A.5 SBC

A.6 POE switch

A.7 GSM Gate way

A.8 Rectifier

A.9 Inverter

A.10 IP Phones

A.11 Analogue Phones

A.12 Generator

A.13 Media Gateway

B Optional Items (If Any)

Page 229: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

65 RESTRICTED

Annex C

Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 24 INFANTRY DIVISION, BMA, CHITTAGONGCANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Page 230: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

66 RESTRICTED

Annex D

LIST OF DEVIATION(S)

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Page 231: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

67 RESTRICTED

Annex-E

BOQ

Ser No. Description Quantity

A. Central Site/Division Headquarter

1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software

( 400 Analog + 150 IP Tel expandable to 400 Analogue + 500 IP Tel) IP Trunk (SIP) -100 Channel Expandable 200 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

2. Redundant hardware and software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. Conference Server/Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (250 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned as

optional

5. Voice Mail server/ Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 232: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

68 RESTRICTED

7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

8. 24 port PoE switch

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary

11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 233: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

69 RESTRICTED

16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

17. IP Phone based Operator Console

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

18. O&M Software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

19. Call billing software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

21. Rectifier :N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Foreign Item

supplied in

line with the

local Item

Page 234: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

70 RESTRICTED

24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned(Lo

cal Item)

27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Foreign Item

supplied in

line with the

local Item

29. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local

Item)

30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC

Year of Manufacturer: 2018

05 No

(Local Items)

B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

To be mentioned

Page 235: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

71 RESTRICTED

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software(if any)

Embedded

5.

Rectifier : N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 236: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

72 RESTRICTED

9.

MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job

(local Item)

C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier : N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 237: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

73 RESTRICTED

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

6.

Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter: N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8.

IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 238: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

74 RESTRICTED

11.

Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

D. ONU at Block D area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

3.

FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Necessary Software To be mentioned

5. Rectifier N+1

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6. Battery (12V cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance Free)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7. Inverter: N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 239: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

75 RESTRICTED

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules( Surge Protector- Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

E. Phones

1. Analog Phone Type 1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

700 Nos

Price to be quoted

as optional

2. Executive IP Phones

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

90Nos

Page 240: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

76 RESTRICTED

3. High Executive IP Phones

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

10 Nos

F. Other Items

1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment

(General or equivalent)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

01 No

(Local Item)

2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

03 Nos

(Local Item)

3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

08 Sets

(Local Item)

4. Cable Tester 04 Nos(Local Item)

5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)

6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos

(Local Item)

7. Lineman tools 05 Sets(Local Item)

8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos

(Local Item)

Page 241: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

77 RESTRICTED

Central Location

Remote Location/ONU

Annex F

Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture

Note:

1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.

2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.

Core Switch (1+1)

Call Server Main

Call Server Standby

SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway

SBC

Firewall

CO Trunk

BTCL E1

Others PABX E1

Analog Phone

IP Phone PC Based

Operator

Console

Maintenance

and Call

accounting

PC/Server

IDF MDF

PABX

Module

Rack

Survivable Branch Module

Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)

Analog Phone

IDF MDF

IP Phone

Internet

Distribution Switch (PoE)

PABX

RACK

Page 242: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

78 RESTRICTED

Annex G

Guarantee for Spare Parts

Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 24 INFANTRY DIVISION, BMA, CHITTAGONG CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

APPEND IX 1

Page 243: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

79 RESTRICTED

ANNEX-J

TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE

Ser Gen Description Spec

Gen Spec:

1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA

2. Name of Manufacturer/

Marker

To be mentioned

3. Model To be mentioned

4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,

Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

5. Country of Manufacturer

and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,

Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

7. Dimension:

Overall Length, Width &

Height (canopied)

To be mentioned

8. Weight:

a. Overall weight

(Canopied) without Trailer

To be mentioned

b. Overall weight

(Canopied) with Trailer

To be mentioned

9. Output of the Generator

a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA

b. Stand by To be mentioned

10.

Working condition:

a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per day at

prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12 hours

operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable load in the

event of main power network failure.

b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate in the

open and in all weather condition

c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be able

to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers, doors.

Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-MB Green

(British Colour Code no BS381 223)

d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle. Required

number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of generator so that it

can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be mentioned.

Page 244: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

80 RESTRICTED

e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.

f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision

g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against over

voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over temperature etc.

h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)

11.

Engine:

(a) Model To be mentioned

(b) Name of

Manufacturer/ Maker

To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,

Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and

Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,

Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine

(g) Number of

Cylinders

To be mentioned

(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding 80%

of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in every 12

hours operation.

(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned

(k) Piston

Displacement

To be mentioned

(l) Compression

Ratio

To be mentioned

(m) Output power

(KW) with RPM

To be mentioned

(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling

(p) Turbo charger (if

available)

To be mentioned

(q) Specific Fuel

Consumption Liters/ hour

at full load

To be mentioned

(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.

(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by engine

driven

(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned

(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned

Page 245: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

81 RESTRICTED

(v) Fuel Tank

Capacity

To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous

operations)

(w) Self Starter To be mentioned

(x) Battery Charging

Facilities

Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator

12. Alternator (Generator):

(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned

(b) Model To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type To be mentioned

(g) Rated prime output

(KVA/KW)

To be mentioned

(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage

to be mentioned)

(j) Frequency 50 Hz

(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire

(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8

(m) Enclosure SPDP

(n) Ventilation To be mentioned

(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned

(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned

(r) RPM To be mentioned

(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)

(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)

(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned

13. Control Panel:

(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil

pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,

RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible

by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.

Page 246: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

82 RESTRICTED

(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision

14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3

phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with

cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at

the generator end/Out let.

15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List

to be submitted)

16. Books & Publications

a. Operational/User Manual in

English

To b provided

b. Repair Manual in English To b provided

c. 100% Parts Catalogue in

English

To b provided

d. 100% Price list of Catalogue

in English

To b provided

e. A list of fast and slow

moving spares (with unit price

of 5% of FOB value) In English

To b provided along with the offer

17. Special Service Tools (SST)

and Special Service

Materials(SSM)

To be provided (if reqr)

18. Provision of spare supply for

15 years

To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal

19. After sale service (Repair and

Maintenance facilities)

Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another

09(nine) years warranty with payment.

20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification

but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and

quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the

bidder must provide such items free of cost

Page 247: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

1 RESTRICTED

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

FOR

IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8X E1+ 20XCO LINE+8 GSM

GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO

LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR SAIDPUR

CANTONMENT

ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE

DHAKA CANTONMENT

Page 248: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

2 RESTRICTED

INDEX

Serial Chapter Subject Page No

1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5

2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9

3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11

4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18

5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20

6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24

7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27

8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33

9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35

10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38

11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42

12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44

13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49

14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54

15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59

16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60

17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63

18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64

19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65

20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66

21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67

22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78

23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89

24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80

25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82

26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86

Page 249: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

3 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER

Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM Gateway+500Subscriber

Line Expandable upto8 E1 +20 CO Line +8 GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for Saidpur

Cantonment.

1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The

Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding

Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a

bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk

and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.

1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major

and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines

mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points

will be termed as non-responsive.

1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:

a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The

documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per

AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his

Page 250: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

4 RESTRICTED

educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.

(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation.

(b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.

Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)

1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 251: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

5 RESTRICTED

CHPATER-2

GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at SaidpurCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.

2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned. 2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned.

2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in para 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.5 Country of Assembly:Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.

2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his authorized representative.

2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises.

2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not before the year of signing the contract) model of production.

2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.

2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.

2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication

Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.

Page 252: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

6 RESTRICTED

2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through

E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks. 2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central

location (block-A) and 02 other branch locations (block B & C) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.

2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The

server hardware should have following specification:

a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.

b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor

speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.

c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with

next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection

2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be

placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.

2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems

described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:

Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be

E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 300

IP Subscriber Line - 200

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 50

2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:

E1 Trunk - 8x E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 500

Page 253: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

7 RESTRICTED

IP Subscriber Line - 500

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 100

2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for

hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.

2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B &C)

are as follows:

The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel

2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.

2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh

Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.

2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC

b. Monitor

c. Printer

d. ODF

e. Server Rack

f. Battery

g. MDF & IDF

h. Earthing and earthing materials

j. Air Conditioner

k. Cable tester

l. Jumper scraper

m. Cable cutter

n. Lineman tools

p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.

Page 254: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

8 RESTRICTED

2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.

Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the

successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.

2.14 Documentation

The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description

b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter

c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation

d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.

e. Maintenance manual.

f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

h. Detail technical document for NMS.

j. PAT documents for each site

k. Network Diagram onesetper site

l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site

2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 255: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

9 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Climatic Condition

Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

Temperature Relative humidity

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

Short duration

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

short duration

+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%

3.2

Physical Requirement

All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.3

Operating Voltage

The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..

3.4 Guarantee for Hardware

The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.5 Guarantee for Software

The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 256: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

10 RESTRICTED

3.5.1 License for Software

BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.5.2 Language of Software

The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features

3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.

3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.

Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version

3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.

3.6.3.2

If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 257: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

11 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IV

REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH

4.1 Design Criteria

4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server

Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.2.

The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will

provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,

PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.1.3.

The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can

support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing

multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.4.

The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.

The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power

supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support

insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call

Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design

redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as

the Critical Deviation.

4.1.5

The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

4.1.6

The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call

control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and

calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.8

All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to

ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit

Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant

configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.10

Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

Page 258: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

12 RESTRICTED

4.1.11

Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation

shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.12

Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be

used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13

Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.13.1

Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.2

"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain

operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally

located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

"

Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN

failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).

Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.3

The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local

survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate

routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4. 2 Service Criteria

4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:

4.2.1.1

Modular growth structure

4.2.1.2

The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the

connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition

or changeover function.

4.2.1.3

There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more

of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)

4.2.1.4

The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching

network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot

standby mode operation)

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 259: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

13 RESTRICTED

4.2.2

Call Processing Control System

4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.

4.2.2.2

All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control

Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of

contents in case of power failure.

4.2.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone

dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface

cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not

specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.4

The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the

common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.5

Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with

similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.2.6

The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any

requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.2.7

Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the

module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.8

The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling

system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN

telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm

the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as

“Critical Deviation”.

4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.

The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in

aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.10

System Controlling Feature

The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all

important control components including duplication of data bus in the

Headquarters location only to provide following features.

Page 260: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

14 RESTRICTED

4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.

4.2.10.2

No interruption of service.

4.2.10.3

All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter

changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as

either main or standby purpose.

4.2.10.4

The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system

capacity including 20% additional storage.

4.2.10.5

The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server

fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber

optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements

must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one

side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will

immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.

The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.

4.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

System Software

4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted

standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any

suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate

(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service

features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption

of service.

4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service

features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option

of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact

each other using one touch key in telephone.

4.3.3

Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement

should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against

any corruption or hacking of data by any means.

4.3.4

The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up

in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the

system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be

supplied.

4.3.5

Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.

Page 261: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

15 RESTRICTED

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:

4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.

4.4.2 Account Code Facility.

4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.

4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code

should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System

should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.

4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.

4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,

and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and

operators.

4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension

4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy

on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new

incoming call.

4.4.9 Call hold reminder.

4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension when unanswered or busy.

4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.

by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)

4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer

4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This

queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is

terminated

4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to

intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall

be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.

4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight

subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and

Page 262: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

16 RESTRICTED

external calls

4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing

4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time

4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)

4.4.19 Direct Dialing

4.4.20 Do Not Disturb

4.4.21 Hotline station

4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer

4.4.23 Music on Hold

4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)

4.4.25 Telephone locking

4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders

4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system

4.4.28

Following types of call barring facility must be available:

4.4.28.1 Inter-office call

4.4.28.2 Local Call

4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call

4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls

4.4.28.5 All incoming calls

4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls

4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets

4.4.30 Last Caller Callback

4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a

time)

4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member

assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number

4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)

Page 263: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

17 RESTRICTED

4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)

4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)

4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)

4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal

4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones

4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)

4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance

4.4.41 Extension mobility support

4.4.42 Hold reversion

4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups

4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone

4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call

intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials

4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status

and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in

corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or

transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer

4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance

4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.

4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,

call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter ::

Page 264: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

18 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-V

REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY

5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.

5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..

5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.

5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.

5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 265: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

19 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.

5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 266: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

20 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VI

REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT

6.1 Network Infrastructure:

Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance

mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer

3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in

main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of

Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be

connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to

the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast

convergence.

6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch

The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,

POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE

access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall

betreated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC

addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP

groups and multicast routes.

6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be

given priority).

6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single

chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be

given technical advantage) .

6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at

least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.

6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.

6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.

6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature

The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE

Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access

Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 267: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

21 RESTRICTED

6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-

Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q

encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE

802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.

6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)

6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.

6.1.3 VLAN Features

The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged

within VLANs.

6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs

(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual

switch ports.

6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.

6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis

/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.

6.1.4 Routing Feature

The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.

6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).

6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.

6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).

6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.

Page 268: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

22 RESTRICTED

6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.

6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and

Version‐3 shall be supported.

6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).

6.1.5 Security Features

The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer

encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.

6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x

protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to

implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server

2012or higher.

6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,

Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to

prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.

6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent

other edge switches becoming the root bridge.

6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for

routing protocols.

6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),

discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.

6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.

6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.

6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.

Page 269: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

23 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.

The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.

6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of

switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.

6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash

memory.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)

To protect supplier soft switch against malicious attacks the bidder shall provide

separate/inbuilt SBC (Session Border Controller) with the soft switch. SBC maximum

capacity will be 100 SIP sessions.

6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.

6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the

internet.

6.2.3 Web based management.

Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 270: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

24 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VII

REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES

7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling

The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.

7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T

White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward

compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder

shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any

requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T

standard protocol

7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling

The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on

ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.

7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications

7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP

telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.

7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice

packets shall be carried via UDP.

7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.

7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.

7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.

7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.

7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard

telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be

compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.

7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are

balanced between all the gateways.

Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 271: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

25 RESTRICTED

7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support

7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the

existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)

7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.

7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.

7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to

support SIP.

7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.

7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.

7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.

7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.

7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should

be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)

7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.

7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.

Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.

7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be

included.

7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.

7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.

7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.

7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.

7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.

7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for

Page 272: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

26 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

Remote management through LN/WAN).

7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.

7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.

7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.

7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km

7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.

7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.

7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.

7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port

of the soft switching system.

Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 273: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

27 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VIII

REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS

System Functions and Facilities

8.1 System Capabilities Summary.

8.1.1 8.1.2

The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 150 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.

8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).

8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation

8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.

8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11

Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.

8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.

8.1.11.2 G.723.1.

8.1.11.3 G. 729a.

8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.

8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).

8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.

Page 274: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

28 RESTRICTED

8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.

8.1.13.2 Privacy.

8.1.13.3 Device mobility.

8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.

8.1.13.5 Monitoring.

8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.

8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.

8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.

8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.

8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.

8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.

8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).

8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.

8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.

8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.

8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.

8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.

8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).

8.1.21 Programmable line keys.

8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.

8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).

8.1.23.1 Basic call.

Page 275: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

29 RESTRICTED

8.1.23.2 Call transfer.

8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR

(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation

8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.

8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.

8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.

8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.2 Remote survivability system.

8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.

8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.

8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.

8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.

8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.

8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.

Page 276: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

30 RESTRICTED

8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.

8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.

8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.

8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.

8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.

8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).

8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.4 Call Billing System.

8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.

8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.5 Transmission Characteristics.

8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .

8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.6. Signaling Characteristics.

8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.

Page 277: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

31 RESTRICTED

8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.

8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:

8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.

8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.

8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.

8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.

8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.8 System Supervision:

8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.

8.8.2. Alarm indication.

8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.

8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.

8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.

8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.

Page 278: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

32 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.

8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.

8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.

8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.

8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.

8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.

8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.

8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.

8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.

8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.

8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.

8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.

8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.

8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 279: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

33 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IX

REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN

9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:

9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to

encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call

controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong

encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).

9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the

signaling between the IP terminals.

9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system

degradation and transmission delay times.

9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via

encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.

9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted

access to application servers or associated resources.

9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.

9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user

accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check

the consistency between the management platform name, management platform

password and user name before authorizing the connection.

9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the

possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.

9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the

system data/time of network devices.

9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource

sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.

9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes

9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond

the period of installation.

9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:

9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce

system or account access passwords.

Page 280: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

34 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.

9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.

9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.

TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)

9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X

standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide

authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet

network.

9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as

802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the

IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice

and data.

9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or

services from databases or Internet inbound connections.

9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated

remote maintenance tasks only.

9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level

for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well

as the normal user name and password control.

9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be

encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP

for file transfers, etc.)

9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be

encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).

9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and

configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be

treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 281: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

35 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER - X

REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.

10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.

10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.

10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.

10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.

10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).

10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).

10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).

10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:

10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).

10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.

10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.

10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.

10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.

10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.

Page 282: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

36 RESTRICTED

10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management

faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.

10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.

10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:

10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.

10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.

10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.

10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.

10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.

10.3 Configuration.

10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:

10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.

10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.

10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).

10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.

10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.

Page 283: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

37 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.

10.5 Software Required:

10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.

10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).

10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.

10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.

10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.

10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.

10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.

10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.

10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.

10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.

10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.

10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.

10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.

10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.

10.6 Other requirements.

10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.

10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 284: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

38 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XI

REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS

11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.

11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone

Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head

gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to

provide same support using operator console telephone set.

11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:

11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.

11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.

11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.

11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.

11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.

11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.

11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.

11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.

11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.

11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.

11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.

Page 285: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

39 RESTRICTED

11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller

shall be informed of this situation by voice message.

11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.

11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.

11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.

11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.

11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones

a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching

System.

b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.

c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.

Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation

11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System .Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)

11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.

Page 286: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

40 RESTRICTED

11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.

11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or

equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)

11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.

11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.

11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.

11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of

the IP Soft switching System.Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.

11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)

11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.

11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.

11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.3 MDF & IDF.

11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.

11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.

11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =

Page 287: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

41 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.

11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)

11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.

11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)

11.3.3.1

Breaking voltage : 180V AC.

11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.

11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.

11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).

11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.

11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.

11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.

11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.

11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.

11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.

11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.

11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.

11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.

11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 288: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

42 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER -XII

REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS

12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):

12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).

12.1.2

04 x Punch Tool for MDF.

12.1.3

03 x Jumper Scraper.

12.1.4

04 x Cable cutter.

12.1.5

05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6

A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.

12.1.7

08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

12.2 Spare Parts.

12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3

Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.

12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.

12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.

12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.

Page 289: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

43 RESTRICTED

12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 290: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

44 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIII

REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING

13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for

the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary

power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N

+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case

of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as

per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall

include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items

are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.2 Inverter

The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power

source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular

basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of

appropriate rating without any designed change. The back‐up batteries shall be

used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of

AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:

13.2.1

Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:

13.2.1.1

At HQ/Central Site:

All Servers.

3 (three) Operator Console.

GSM gateway.

2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.

01 (One) maintenance PC.

1(one) no of Network Printer.

All Distribution Switch and access switch.

3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:

All access Switch

1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.

ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.

2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the

exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as

“noncompliance”.

Page 291: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

45 RESTRICTED

13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm

facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by

the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.3 Battery

13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and

ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains

failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power

requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for

minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:

13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free

locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in

terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required

alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of

the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,

whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical

deviation”.

13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of

dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the

battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as

soon as such levels arrive.

13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters

from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .

13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be

provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.

13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan

which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge

mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.

Page 292: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

46 RESTRICTED

13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery

mounting.

13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall

be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.

13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.

13.4 Rectifier

13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to

provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.

The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with

single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp

rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail

breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up

batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty

of “Critical deviation”.

13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and

audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC

side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the

load.

13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &

DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and

the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be

there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.

13.4.5

13.5

The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.

FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to

OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be delivered locally.

Page 293: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

47 RESTRICTED

b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.

c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.

d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.

13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given

at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation

and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.

Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of

“Major deviation”.

13.7 Earthing.

13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing

includes the following:

a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.

b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.

c. Supply and Equipment’s.

13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for

the above mentioned systems/subsystems.

13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the

complete Earthing System should be carried out.

13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard

technical qualification.

13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender

document.

13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.

13.8. The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the

IP soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the

back-up power system is fully compatible with their offered solution.

All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.

Page 294: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

48 RESTRICTED

Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC

Source

48V

DC Battery Bank 48 V

(This battery should

charge from rectifier)

Inverter

220V

AC

Server PoE S/W Operator

Console

at central

location

NMC

Computera

t central

location

IDF

MDF

Earthing 1 Earthing 2

Core

S/W

POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM

Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.

Page 295: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

49 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIV

REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation

14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.

14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.

14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.

14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.

Tests and Certificates

14.5 Demonstration

14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.

14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:

a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.

14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.

a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 296: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

50 RESTRICTED

of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:

(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .

b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:

(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.

c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.

d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

Page 297: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

51 RESTRICTED

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.

a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.

The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).

Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:

a. Visual Inspection

Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.

b. Switching Function Test

Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.

c. Call through Performance Test

Page 298: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

52 RESTRICTED

Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.

d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test

SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

e. Test Result

Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

f. Test Equipment

Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

g. Other Tests

The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.

h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test

Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).

i. Acceptance Test Report

The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)

PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical

Specification.

Page 299: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

53 RESTRICTED

b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service

and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been

supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)

FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of

service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely

functional condition.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note

I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 300: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

54 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XV

REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.

15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which

will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:

15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first

equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.

15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all

equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at Saidpur Cantonment,

within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to

SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his

manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing

who would remain available at Saidpur all through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, RangpurCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.

Page 301: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

55 RESTRICTED

15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are

running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to

become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and

when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the

time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for

rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location

of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance

Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Rangpur personnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases

and Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCof all types of Software and Hardware

upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant

system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.

Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,

will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

Page 302: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

56 RESTRICTED

15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant

equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party

shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to

terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares

& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and

Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.

15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on

per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.

15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the

performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective

maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in

support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.

Page 303: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

57 RESTRICTED

15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.

15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have

prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :

a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first

party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:

a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of

Page 304: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

58 RESTRICTED

fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.

15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:

a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.

15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.

The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 305: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

59 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVI

REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX

Ser Nomen-

clature

Qty Nature

of Trg

Dura-

tion

No of

Stud-

ents

Reqr of

Eqpt/Trg

Aids

(Free of

Cost)

TrgReqr Rmk

1. IP/ Soft

Switch

and

GSM

Gatewa

y PABX

07 A. Use &

Ops Trg

(Local)

03

wks

20

a. Slides,

CD/ video

Cassette,

CCT diag,

Block diag

and

Trouble

Shooting

chart of the

fol sys to

be

provided

by the

supplier as

trg aids.

For Local Trg:

1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of

the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in

the trg syllabus:

a. Installation of and operation of the

system

b. Programming the system

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. Repair as per repair manual.

3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced

instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors

are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the

supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned

separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be

submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.

5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided

by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning

the performance of the trainees and their level of

expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

b. At

Factory

lvl and

Modular

lvlRrepai

r,

MaintTrg

and

Trouble

Shooting

(Foreign)

02

wks

10 For Foreign Trg:

1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and

Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.

2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:

a. Installation and operation of the

system

b. Programming of the system.

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. .

e. Maint procedure.

4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 306: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

60 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVII

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS

17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.

17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such

clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first

evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and

2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.

17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of

this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the

attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC

shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.

17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply

shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional

Page 307: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

61 RESTRICTED

cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.

17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.

b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.

17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.

17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.

17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any

bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.

17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as

“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,

shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.

Page 308: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

62 RESTRICTED

17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.

17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to

the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date

and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 309: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

63 RESTRICTED

Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

Page 310: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

64 RESTRICTED

Annex-B

EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE

(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)

Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name

Manufacturer's Name

Manufacturer's Address, Fax & Website

Country of Origin

A Mandatory Items

A.1 Softswitch

A.2 Server

A.3 Distribution Switch

A.4 Access Switch

A.5 Media Gateway

A.6 POE switch

A.7 GSM Gate way

A.8 Rectifier

A.9 Inverter

A.10 IP Phones

A.11 Analogue Phones

A.12 Generator

B Optional Items (If Any)

Page 311: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

65 RESTRICTED

Annex C

Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +08 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, SAIDPUR CANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Page 312: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

66 RESTRICTED

Annex D

LIST OF DEVIATION(S)

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Page 313: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

67 RESTRICTED

Annex-E

BOQ

Ser No. Description Quantity

A. Central Site/Division Headquarter

1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software

(200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel)

IP Trunk (SIP) -50 Channel Expandable 100; Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

2. Redundant hardware and software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. Conference Server/Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (150 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned as

optional

5. Voice Mail server/ Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 314: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

68 RESTRICTED

7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

8. 24 port PoE switch

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary

11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 315: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

69 RESTRICTED

16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

17. IP Phone based Operator Console

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

18. O&M Software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

19. Call billing software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

21. Rectifier :N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned.

Page 316: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

70 RESTRICTED

24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned(Lo

cal Item)

27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Foreign Item

supplied in

line with the

local Item

29 Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local

Item)

30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC

Year of Manufacturer: 2018

05 No

(Local Items)

B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

Page 317: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

71 RESTRICTED

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software(if any) To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier : N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 318: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

72 RESTRICTED

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9.

MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job

(local Item)

C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

Page 319: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

73 RESTRICTED

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier :N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8.

IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 320: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

74 RESTRICTED

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11.

Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

D. Phones

1. Analog Phone Type 1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Qty: 300

Nos

(Price to be

quoted as

optional)

2. Executive IP Phones

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

, Qty : 45

Nos.

3. High Executive IP Phones

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

05Nos

Page 321: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

75 RESTRICTED

E. Other Items

1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

01 No

(Local Item)

2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment (General or equivalent)

Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

03 Nos

(Local Item)

3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation

Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

08 Sets

(Local Item)

4. Cable Tester 04 Nos

(Local Item)

5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos

(Local Item)

6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos

(Local Item)

7. Lineman tools 05 Sets

(Local Item)

8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos

(Local Item)

Page 322: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

76 RESTRICTED

Central Location

Remote Location/ONU

Annex F

Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture

Note:

1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.

2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.

Core Switch (1+1)

Call Server Main

Call Server Standby

SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway

SBC

Firewall

CO Trunk

BTCL E1

Others PABX E1

Analog Phone

IP Phone PC Based

Operator

Console

Maintenance

and Call

accounting

PC/Server

IDF MDF

PABX

Module

Rack

Survivable Branch Module

Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)

Analog Phone

IDF MDF

IP Phone

Internet

Distribution Switch (PoE)

PABX

RACK

Page 323: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

77 RESTRICTED

Annex G

Guarantee for Spare Parts

Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, SAIDPUR CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

APPEND IX 1

Page 324: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

78 RESTRICTED

ANNEX-J

TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE

Ser Gen Description Spec

Gen Spec:

1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA

2. Name of Manufacturer/

Marker

To be mentioned

3. Model To be mentioned

4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,

Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

5. Country of Manufacturer

and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,

Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

7. Dimension:

Overall Length, Width &

Height (canopied)

To be mentioned

8. Weight:

a. Overall weight

(Canopied) without Trailer

To be mentioned

b. Overall weight

(Canopied) with Trailer

To be mentioned

9. Output of the Generator

a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA

b. Stand by To be mentioned

10.

Working condition:

a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per day at

prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12 hours

operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable load in the

event of main power network failure.

b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate in

the open and in all weather condition

c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be able

to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers, doors.

Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-MB Green

(British Colour Code no BS381 223)

Page 325: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

79 RESTRICTED

Ser Gen Description Spec

d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle. Required

number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of generator so that it

can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be mentioned.

e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.

f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision

g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against over

voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over temperature etc.

h. Overall Efficiency

To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)

11.

Engine:

(a) Model To be mentioned

(b) Name of

Manufacturer/ Maker

To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine

(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned

(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding

80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in

every 12 hours operation.

(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned

(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned

(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned

(m) Output power (KW)

with RPM

To be mentioned

(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling

(p) Turbo charger (if

available)

To be mentioned

(q) Specific Fuel

Consumption Liters/ hour at

full load

To be mentioned

(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.

(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by

engine driven

Page 326: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

80 RESTRICTED

(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned

(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned

(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous

operations)

(w) Self Starter To be mentioned

(x) Battery Charging

Facilities

Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator

12. Alternator (Generator):

(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned

(b) Model To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type To be mentioned

(g) Rated prime output

(KVA/KW)

To be mentioned

(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage

to be mentioned)

(j) Frequency 50 Hz

(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire

(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8

(m) Enclosure SPDP

(n) Ventilation To be mentioned

(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned

(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned

(r) RPM To be mentioned

(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)

(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)

(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned

Page 327: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

81 RESTRICTED

13. Control Panel:

(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil

pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,

RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible

by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.

(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision

14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3

phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with

cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at

the generator end/Out let.

15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List

to be submitted)

16. Books & Publications

a. Operational/User Manual in

English

To b provided

b. Repair Manual in English To b provided

c. 100% Parts Catalogue in

English

To b provided

d. 100% Price list of Catalogue

in English

To b provided

e. A list of fast and slow

moving spares (with unit price

of 5% of FOB value) In English

To b provided along with the offer

17. Special Service Tools (SST)

and Special Service

Materials(SSM)

To be provided (if reqr)

18. Provision of spare supply for

15 years

To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal

19. After sale service (Repair and

Maintenance facilities)

Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another

09(nine) years warranty with payment.

20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification

but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and

quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the

bidder must provide such items free of cost

Page 328: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

1 RESTRICTED

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

FOR

IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM

Gateway+500 Subscriber Line Expandable upto 8 E1 +20 CO Line +8

GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for Rajshahi Cantonment

ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE

DHAKA CANTONMENT

Page 329: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

2 RESTRICTED

INDEX

Serial Chapter Subject Page No

1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5

2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9

3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11

4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18

5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20

6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24

7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27

8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33

9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35

10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38

11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42

12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44

13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49

14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54

15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59

16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60

17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63

18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64

19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65

20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66

21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67

22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78

23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89

24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80

25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82

26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86

Page 330: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

3 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER

Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM Gateway+500Subscriber Line

Expandable upto8 E1 +20 CO Line +8 GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for Rajshahi Cantonment.

1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The

Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding

Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a

bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk

and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.

1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major

and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines

mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points

will be termed as non-responsive.

1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:

a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The

documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per

AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 331: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

4 RESTRICTED

g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.

(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.

Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)

1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 332: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

5 RESTRICTED

CHPATER-2

GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at RajshahiCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.

2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned.

2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned.

2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.5 Country of Assembly:Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.

2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his authorized representative.

2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises. 2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not

before the year of signing the contract) model of production. 2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of

subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.

2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.

2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication

Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.

Page 333: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

6 RESTRICTED

2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks.

2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central

location (block-A) and 02 other branch locations (block B & C) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.

2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The

server hardware should have following specification:

a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.

b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor

speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.

c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with

next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection

2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be

placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.

2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems

described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:

Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be

E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 300

IP Subscriber Line - 200

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 50

2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:

E1 Trunk - 8x E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 500

IP Subscriber Line - 500

Page 334: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

7 RESTRICTED

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 100

2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for

hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.

2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B& C)

are as follows:

The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel

2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.

2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh

Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.

2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC

b. Monitor

c. Printer

d. ODF

e. Server Rack

f. Battery

g. MDF & IDF

h. Earthing and earthing materials

j. Air Conditioner

k. Cable tester

l. Jumper scraper

m. Cable cutter

n. Lineman tools

p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.

Page 335: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

8 RESTRICTED

2.12 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.

Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the

successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.

2.14 Documentation

The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description

b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter

c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation

d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.

e. Maintenance manual.

f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

h. Detail technical document for NMS.

j. PAT documents for each site

k. Network Diagram onesetper site

l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site

2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 336: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

9 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Climatic Condition

Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

Temperature Relative humidity

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

Short duration

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

short duration

+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%

3.2

Physical Requirement

All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.3

Operating Voltage

The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..

3.4 Guarantee for Hardware

The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.5 Guarantee for Software

The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 337: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

10 RESTRICTED

3.5.1 License for Software

BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.5.2 Language of Software

The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features

3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.

3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.

Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version

3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.

3.6.3.2

If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 338: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

11 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IV

REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH

4.1 Design Criteria

4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server

Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.2.

The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will

provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,

PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.1.3.

The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can

support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing

multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.4.

The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.

The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power

supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support

insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call

Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design

redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as

the Critical Deviation.

4.1.5

The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

4.1.6

The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call

control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and

calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.8

All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to

ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit

Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant

configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.10

Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

Page 339: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

12 RESTRICTED

4.1.11

Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation

shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.12

Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be

used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13

Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.13.1

Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.2

"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain

operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally

located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

"

Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN

failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).

Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.3

The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local

survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate

routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4. 2 Service Criteria

4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:

4.2.1.1

Modular growth structure

4.2.1.2

The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the

connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition

or changeover function.

4.2.1.3

There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more

of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)

4.2.1.4

The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching

network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot

standby mode operation)

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 340: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

13 RESTRICTED

4.2.2

Call Processing Control System

4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.

4.2.2.2

All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control

Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of

contents in case of power failure.

4.2.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone

dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface

cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not

specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.4

The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the

common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.5

Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with

similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.2.6

The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any

requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.2.7

Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the

module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.8

The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling

system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN

telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm

the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as

“Critical Deviation”.

4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.

The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in

aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.10

System Controlling Feature

The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all

important control components including duplication of data bus in the

Headquarters location only to provide following features.

Page 341: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

14 RESTRICTED

4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.

4.2.10.2

No interruption of service.

4.2.10.3

All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter

changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as

either main or standby purpose.

4.2.10.4

The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system

capacity including 20% additional storage.

4.2.10.5

The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server

fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber

optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements

must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one

side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will

immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.

The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.

4.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

System Software

4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted

standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any

suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate

(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service

features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption

of service.

4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service

features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option

of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact

each other using one touch key in telephone.

4.3.3

Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement

should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against

any corruption or hacking of data by any means.

4.3.4

The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up

in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the

system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be

supplied.

4.3.5 Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 342: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

15 RESTRICTED

4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:

4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.

4.4.2 Account Code Facility.

4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.

4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code

should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System

should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.

4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.

4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,

and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and

operators.

4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension

4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy

on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new

incoming call.

4.4.9 Call hold reminder.

4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension when unanswered or busy.

4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.

by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)

4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer

4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This

queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is

terminated

4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to

intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall

be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.

4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight

subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and

external calls

Page 343: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

16 RESTRICTED

4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing

4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time

4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)

4.4.19 Direct Dialing

4.4.20 Do Not Disturb

4.4.21 Hotline station

4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer

4.4.23 Music on Hold

4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)

4.4.25 Telephone locking

4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders

4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system

4.4.28

Following types of call barring facility must be available:

4.4.28.1 Inter-office call

4.4.28.2 Local Call

4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call

4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls

4.4.28.5 All incoming calls

4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls

4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets

4.4.30 Last Caller Callback

4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a

time)

4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member

assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number

4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)

4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)

Page 344: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

17 RESTRICTED

4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)

4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)

4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal

4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones

4.4.49 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)

4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance

4.4.41 Extension mobility support

4.4.42 Hold reversion

4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups

4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone

4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call

intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials

4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status

and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in

corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or

transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer

4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance

4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.

4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,

call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter ::

Page 345: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

18 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-V

REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY

5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.

5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..

5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.

5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.

5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 346: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

19 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.

5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 347: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

20 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VI

REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT

6.1 Network Infrastructure:

Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance

mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer

3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in

main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of

Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be

connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to

the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast

convergence.

6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch

The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,

POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE

access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall

betreated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC

addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP

groups and multicast routes.

6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be

given priority).

6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single

chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be

given technical advantage) .

6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at

least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.

6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.

6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.

6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature

The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE

Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access

Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 348: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

21 RESTRICTED

6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-

Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q

encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE

802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.

6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)

6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.

6.1.3 VLAN Features

The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged

within VLANs.

6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs

(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual

switch ports.

6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.

6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis

/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.

6.1.4 Routing Feature

The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.

6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).

6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.

6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).

6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.

Page 349: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

22 RESTRICTED

6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.

6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and

Version‐3 shall be supported.

6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).

6.1.5 Security Features

The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer

encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.

6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x

protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to

implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server

2012or higher.

6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,

Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to

prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.

6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent

other edge switches becoming the root bridge.

6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for

routing protocols.

6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),

discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.

6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.

6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.

6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.

Page 350: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

23 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.

The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.

6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of

switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.

6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash

memory.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)

a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different

manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.

Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.

6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the

internet.

6.2.3 Web based management.

Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 351: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

24 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VII

REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES

7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling

The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.

7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T

White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward

compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder

shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any

requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T

standard protocol

7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling

The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on

ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.

7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications

7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP

telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.

7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice

packets shall be carried via UDP.

7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.

7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.

7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.

7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.

7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard

telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be

compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.

7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are

balanced between all the gateways.

Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 352: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

25 RESTRICTED

7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support

7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the

existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)

7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.

7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.

7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to

support SIP.

7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.

7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.

7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.

7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.

7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should

be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)

7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.

7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.

Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.

7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be

included.

7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.

7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.

7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.

7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.

7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.

7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for

Page 353: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

26 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

Remote management through LN/WAN).

7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.

7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.

7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.

7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km

7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.

7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.

7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.

7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port

of the soft switching system.

Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 354: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

27 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VIII

REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS

System Functions and Facilities

8.1 System Capabilities Summary.

8.1.1 8.1.2

The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 150 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.

8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).

8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation

8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.

8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11

Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.

8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.

8.1.11.2 G.723.1.

8.1.11.3 G. 729a.

8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.

8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).

8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.

Page 355: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

28 RESTRICTED

8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.

8.1.13.2 Privacy.

8.1.13.3 Device mobility.

8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.

8.1.13.5 Monitoring.

8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.

8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.

8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.

8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.

8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.

8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.

8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).

8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.

8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.

8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.

8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.

8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.

8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).

8.1.21 Programmable line keys.

8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.

8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).

8.1.23.1 Basic call.

Page 356: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

29 RESTRICTED

8.1.23.2 Call transfer.

8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR

(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation

8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.

8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.

8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.

8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.2 Remote survivability system.

8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.

8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.

8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.

8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.

8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.

8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.

Page 357: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

30 RESTRICTED

8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.

8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.

8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.

8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.

8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.

8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).

8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.4 Call Billing System.

8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.

8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.5 Transmission Characteristics.

8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .

8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.6. Signaling Characteristics.

8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.

Page 358: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

31 RESTRICTED

8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.

8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:

8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.

8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.

8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.

8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/available.

8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.8 System Supervision:

8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.

8.8.2. Alarm indication.

8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.

8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.

8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.

8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.

Page 359: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

32 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.

8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.

8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.

8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.

8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.

8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.

8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.

8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.

8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.

8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.

8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.

8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.

8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.

8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 360: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

33 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IX

REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN

9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:

9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to

encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call

controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong

encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).

9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the

signaling between the IP terminals.

9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system

degradation and transmission delay times.

9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via

encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.

9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted

access to application servers or associated resources.

9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.

9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user

accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check

the consistency between the management platform name, management platform

password and user name before authorizing the connection.

9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the

possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.

9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the

system data/time of network devices.

9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource

sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.

9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes

9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond

the period of installation.

9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:

9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce

system or account access passwords.

Page 361: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

34 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.

9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.

9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.

TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)

9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X

standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide

authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet

network.

9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as

802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the

IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice

and data.

9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or

services from databases or Internet inbound connections.

9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated

remote maintenance tasks only.

9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level

for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well

as the normal user name and password control.

9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be

encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP

for file transfers, etc.)

9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be

encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).

9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and

configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be

treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 362: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

35 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER - X

REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.

10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.

10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.

10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.

10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.

10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).

10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).

10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).

10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:

10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).

10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.

10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.

10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.

10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.

10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.

Page 363: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

36 RESTRICTED

10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management

faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.

10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.

10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:

10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.

10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.

10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.

10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.

10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.

10.3 Configuration.

10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:

10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.

10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.

10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).

10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.

10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.

Page 364: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

37 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.

10.5 Software Required:

10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.

10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).

10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.

10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.

10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.

10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.

10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.

10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.

10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.

10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.

10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.

10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.

10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.

10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.

10.6 Other requirements.

10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.

10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 365: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

38 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XI

REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS

11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.

11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone

Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head

gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to

provide same support using operator console telephone set.

11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:

11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.

11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.

11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.

11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.

11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.

11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.

11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.

11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.

11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.

11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.

11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.

Page 366: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

39 RESTRICTED

11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller

shall be informed of this situation by voice message.

11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.

11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.

11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.

11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.

11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones

a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching

System.

b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.

c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.

Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation

11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature)

of the IP Soft switch SystemModern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)

11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.

Page 367: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

40 RESTRICTED

11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.

11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or

equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)

11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.

11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.

11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.

11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of

the IP Soft switching System Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.

11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)

11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.

11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.

11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.3 MDF & IDF.

11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.

11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.

11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =

Page 368: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

41 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.

11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)

11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.

11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)

11.3.3.1

Breaking voltage : 180V AC.

11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.

11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.

11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).

11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.

11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.

11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.

11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.

11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.

11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.

11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.

11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.

11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.

11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 369: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

42 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER -XII

REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS

12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):

12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).

12.1.2

04 x Punch Tool for MDF.

12.1.3

03 x Jumper Scraper.

12.1.4

04 x Cable cutter.

12.1.5

05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6

A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.

12.1.7

08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

12.2 Spare Parts.

12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3

Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.

12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.

12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.

12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.

Page 370: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

43 RESTRICTED

12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 371: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

44 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIII

REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING

13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for

the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary

power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N

+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case

of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as

per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall

include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items

are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.2 Inverter

The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power

source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular

basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of

appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be

used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of

AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:

13.2.1

Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:

13.2.1.1

At HQ/Central Site:

All Servers.

3 (three) Operator Console.

GSM gateway.

2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.

01 (One) maintenance PC.

1(one) no of Network Printer.

All Distribution Switch and access switch.

3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:

All access Switch

1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.

ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.

2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the

exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as

“noncompliance”.

Page 372: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

45 RESTRICTED

13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm

facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by

the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.3 Battery

13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and

ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains

failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power

requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for

minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:

13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free

locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in

terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required

alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of

the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,

whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical

deviation”.

13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of

dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the

battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as

soon as such levels arrive.

13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters

from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .

13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be

provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.

13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan

which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge

mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.

Page 373: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

46 RESTRICTED

13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery

mounting.

13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall

be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.

13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.

13.4 Rectifier

13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to

provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.

The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with

single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp

rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail

breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up

batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty

of “Critical deviation”.

13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and

audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC

side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the

load.

13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &

DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and

the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be

there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.

13.4.5

13.5

The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.

FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to

OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may

be delivered locally.[

Page 374: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

47 RESTRICTED

b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.

c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.

d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.

13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given

at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation

and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.

Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of

“Major deviation”.

13.7 Earthing.

13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing

includes the following:

a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.

b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.

c. Supply and Equipment’s.

13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for

the above mentioned systems/subsystems.

13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the

complete Earthing System should be carried out.

13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard

technical qualification.

13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender

document.

13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.

13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the IP

soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the back-up power

system is fully compatible with their offered solution.

All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.

Page 375: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

48 RESTRICTED

Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC

Source

48V

DC Battery Bank 48 V

(This battery should

charge from rectifier)

Inverter

220V

AC

Server PoE S/W Operator

Console

at central

location

NMC

Computera

t central

location

IDF

MDF

Earthing 1 Earthing 2

Core

S/W

POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM

Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.

Page 376: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

49 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIV

REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation

14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.

14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.

14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.

14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.

Tests and Certificates

14.5 Demonstration

14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.

14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:

a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.

14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.

a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 377: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

50 RESTRICTED

premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:

(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .

b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:

(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.

c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.

d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

Page 378: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

51 RESTRICTED

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.

a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.

The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).

Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:

a. Visual Inspection

Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.

b. Switching Function Test

Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.

c. Call through Performance Test

Page 379: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

52 RESTRICTED

Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.

d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test

SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

e. Test Result

Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

f. Test Equipment

Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

g. Other Tests

The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.

h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test

Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).

i. Acceptance Test Report

The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)

PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical

Specification.

Page 380: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

53 RESTRICTED

b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service

and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been

supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)

FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of

service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely

functional condition.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note

I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 381: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

54 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XV

REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.

15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which

will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:

15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first

equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.

15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all

equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at Rajshahi Cantonment,

within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to

SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his

manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing

who would remain available at RajshahiCantonmentall through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, BograCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.

Page 382: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

55 RESTRICTED

15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are

running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to

become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel as and where and

when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the

time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for

rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location

of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance

Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Bograpersonnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases and

Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware

upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant

system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.

Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,

will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

Page 383: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

56 RESTRICTED

15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant

equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party

shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to

terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares

& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and

Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.

15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on

per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.

15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the

performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective

maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in

support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.

Page 384: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

57 RESTRICTED

15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.

15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have

prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :

a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first

party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:

a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of

Page 385: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

58 RESTRICTED

fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.

15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:

a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.

15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.

The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 386: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

59 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVI

REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX

Ser Nomen-

clature

Qty Nature

of Trg

Dura-

tion

No of

Stud-

ents

Reqr of

Eqpt/Trg

Aids

(Free of

Cost)

TrgReqr Rmk

1. IP/ Soft

Switch

and

GSM

Gatewa

y PABX

07 A. Use &

Ops Trg

(Local)

03

wks

20

a. Slides,

CD/ video

Cassette,

CCT diag,

Block diag

and

Trouble

Shooting

chart of the

fol sys to

be

provided

by the

supplier as

trg aids.

For Local Trg:

1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of

the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in

the trg syllabus:

a. Installation of and operation of the

system

b. Programming the system

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. Repair as per repair manual.

3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced

instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors

are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the

supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned

separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be

submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.

5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided

by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning

the performance of the trainees and their level of

expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

b. At

Factory

lvl and

Modular

lvlRrepai

r,

MaintTrg

and

Trouble

Shooting

(Foreign)

02

wks

10 For Foreign Trg:

1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and

Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.

2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:

a. Installation and operation of the

system

b. Programming of the system.

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. .

e. Maint procedure.

4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 387: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

60 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVII

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS

17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.

17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such

clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first

evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and

2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.

17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of

this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the

attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC

shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.

17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply

shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional

Page 388: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

61 RESTRICTED

cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.

17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.

b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.

17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.

17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.

17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any

bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.

17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as

“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,

shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.

Page 389: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

62 RESTRICTED

17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.

17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to

the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date

and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 390: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

63 RESTRICTED

Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

Page 391: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

64 RESTRICTED

Annex-B

EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE

(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)

Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name

Manufacturer's Name

Manufacturer's Address, Web site & Fax

Country of Origin

A Mandatory Items

A.1 Softswitch

A.2 Server

A.3 Distribution Switch

A.4 Access Switch

A.5 SBC

A.6 POE switch

A.7 GSM Gate way

A.8 Rectifier

A.9 Inverter

A.10 IP Phones

A.11 Analogue Phones

A.12 Generator

A.13 Media Gateway

B Optional Items (If Any)

Page 392: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

65 RESTRICTED

Annex C

Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 11 INFANTRY DIVISION, RAJSHAHI CANTONMENTCANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Page 393: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

66 RESTRICTED

Annex D

LIST OF DEVIATION(S)

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Page 394: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

67 RESTRICTED

Annex-E

BOQ

Ser No. Description Quantity

A. Central Site/Division Headquarter

1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software

(200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel)

IP Trunk (SIP) -50 Channel Expandable 100 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

2. Redundant hardware and software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. Conference Server/Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (150 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned

5. Voice Mail server/ Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 395: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

68 RESTRICTED

7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

8. 24 port PoE switch

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary

11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 396: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

69 RESTRICTED

16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

17. IP Phone based Operator Console

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

18. O&M Software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

19. Call billing software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

21. Rectifier: N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 397: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

70 RESTRICTED

23. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

24. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

25. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

26. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

27. Power Generator Capacity: 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

Foreign Item

supplied in

line with the

local Item

28 Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local

Item)

29. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC

Year of Manufacturer: 2018

05 No

(Local Items)

B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

Page 398: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

71 RESTRICTED

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software(if any) Embedded

5.

Rectifier :N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 399: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

72 RESTRICTED

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9.

MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11.

Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (local Item)

C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

Page 400: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

73 RESTRICTED

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier: N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8.

IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 401: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

74 RESTRICTED

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11.

Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

D. Phones

1. Analog Phone Type 1

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

300 Nos

Price to be

quoted as

optional

2. Executive IP Phones

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

45Nos

3. High Executive IP Phones,

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

05Nos

Page 402: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

75 RESTRICTED

E. Other Items

1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract

01 No

(Local Item)

2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract

03 Nos

(Local Item)

3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation

(General or equivalent)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract

08 Sets

(Local Item)

4. Cable Tester 04 Nos

(Local Item)

5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos

(Local Item)

6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos

(Local Item)

7. Lineman tools 05 Sets

(Local Item)

8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos

(Local Item)

Page 403: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

76 RESTRICTED

Central Location

Remote Location/ONU

Annex F

Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture

Note:

1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.

2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.

Core Switch (1+1)

Call Server Main

Call Server Standby

SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway

SBC

Firewall

CO Trunk

BTCL E1

Others PABX E1

Analog Phone

IP Phone PC Based

Operator

Console

Maintenance

and Call

accounting

PC/Server

IDF MDF

PABX

Module

Rack

Survivable Branch Module

Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)

Analog Phone

IDF MDF

IP Phone

Internet

Distribution Switch (PoE)

PABX

RACK

Page 404: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

77 RESTRICTED

Annex G

Guarantee for Spare Parts

Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 11 INFANTRY DIVISION, RAJSHAHI CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

APPEND IX 1

Page 405: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

78 RESTRICTED

ANNEX-J

TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE

Ser Gen Description Spec

Gen Spec:

1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA

2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned

3. Model To be mentioned

4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

5. Country of Manufacturer and

Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

7. Dimension:

Overall Length, Width &

Height (canopied)

To be mentioned

8. Weight:

a. Overall weight

(Canopied) without Trailer

To be mentioned

b. Overall weight

(Canopied) with Trailer

To be mentioned

9. Output of the Generator

a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA

b. Stand by To be mentioned

10.

Working condition:

a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per day at

prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12 hours

operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable load in the

event of main power network failure.

b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate in the

open and in all weather condition

c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be able

to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers, doors.

Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-MB Green

(British Colour Code no BS381 223)

d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle. Required

number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of generator so that it

can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be mentioned.

Page 406: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

79 RESTRICTED

e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.

f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision

g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against over

voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over temperature etc.

h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)

11.

Engine:

(a) Model To be mentioned

(b) Name of

Manufacturer/ Maker

To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine

(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned

(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding

80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in

every 12 hours operation.

(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned

(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned

(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned

(m) Output power (KW)

with RPM

To be mentioned

(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling

(p) Turbo charger (if

available)

To be mentioned

(q) Specific Fuel

Consumption Liters/ hour at

full load

To be mentioned

(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.

(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by

engine driven

(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned

Page 407: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

80 RESTRICTED

(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned

(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous

operations)

(w) Self Starter To be mentioned

(x) Battery Charging

Facilities

Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator

12. Alternator (Generator):

(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned

(b) Model To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type To be mentioned

(g) Rated prime output

(KVA/KW)

To be mentioned

(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage

to be mentioned)

(j) Frequency 50 Hz

(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire

(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8

(m) Enclosure SPDP

(n) Ventilation To be mentioned

(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned

(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned

(r) RPM To be mentioned

(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)

(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)

(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned

13. Control Panel:

(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil

pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,

RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible

by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.

Page 408: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

81 RESTRICTED

(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision

14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3

phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with

cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at

the generator end/Out let.

15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List

to be submitted)

16. Books & Publications

a. Operational/User Manual in

English

To b provided

b. Repair Manual in English To b provided

c. 100% Parts Catalogue in

English

To b provided

d. 100% Price list of Catalogue

in English

To b provided

e. A list of fast and slow

moving spares (with unit price

of 5% of FOB value) In English

To b provided along with the offer

17. Special Service Tools (SST)

and Special Service

Materials(SSM)

To be provided (if reqr)

18. Provision of spare supply for

15 years

To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal

19. After sale service (Repair and

Maintenance facilities)

Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another

09(nine) years warranty with payment.

20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification

but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and

quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the

bidder must provide such items free of cost

Page 409: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

1 RESTRICTED

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

FOR

IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8X E1+ 20XCO LINE+08 GSM

GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 X E1

+20 CO LINE +08 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR

QUADIRABAD CANTONMENT

ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE

DHAKA CANTONMENT

Page 410: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

2 RESTRICTED

INDEX

Serial Chapter Subject Page No

1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5

2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9

3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11

4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18

5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20

6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24

7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27

8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33

9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35

10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38

11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42

12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44

13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49

14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54

15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59

16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60

17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63

18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64

19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65

20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66

21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67

22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78

23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89

24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80

25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82

26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86

Page 411: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

3 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER

Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+08 GSM Gateway+500Subscriber

Line Expandable upto08E1 +20 CO Line +08 GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for

QuadirabadCantonment.

1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The

Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding

Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a

bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk

and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.

1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major

and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines

mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points

will be termed as non-responsive.

1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:

a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The

documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per

AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 412: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

4 RESTRICTED

g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.

(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.

Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)

1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 413: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

5 RESTRICTED

CHPATER-2

GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at QuadirabadCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate of Bangladesh Army.

2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned. 2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned. 2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan,

Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.

2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his

authorized representative.

2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises.

2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not before the year of signing the contract) model of production.

2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of

subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.

2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities

for analogue, IP and Soft phones. 2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on

PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

Page 414: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

6 RESTRICTED

2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.

2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through

E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks. 2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central

location (block-A) and 02 other branch locations (block B& C) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.

2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The

server hardware should have following specification:

a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.

b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor

speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.

c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with

next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection

2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be

placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.

2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems

described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:

Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be

E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 300

IP Subscriber Line - 200

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 50

2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be :

E1 Trunk - 8x E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Page 415: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

7 RESTRICTED

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 500

IP Subscriber Line - 500

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 100

2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for

hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.

2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)

are as follows:

The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100IP Tel

2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at

main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.

2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh

Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.

2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC

b. Monitor

c. Printer

d. ODF

e. Server Rack

f. Battery

g. MDF & IDF

h. Earthing and earthing materials

j. Air Conditioner

k. Cable tester

l. Jumper scraper

m. Cable cutter

n. Lineman tools

Page 416: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

8 RESTRICTED

p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.

2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for

only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.

Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the

successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.

2.14 Documentation

The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description

b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter

c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation

d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.

e. Maintenance manual.

f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

h. Detail technical document for NMS.

j. PAT documents for each site

k. Network Diagram onesetper site

l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site

2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 417: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

9 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Climatic Condition

Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

Temperature Relative humidity

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

Short duration

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

short duration

+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%

3.2

Physical Requirement

All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.3

Operating Voltage

The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..

3.4 Guarantee for Hardware

The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.5 Guarantee for Software

The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 418: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

10 RESTRICTED

3.5.1 License for Software

BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.5.2 Language of Software

The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features

3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.

3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.

Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version

3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.

3.6.3.2

If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 419: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

11 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IV

REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH

4.1 Design Criteria

4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server

Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.2.

The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will

provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,

PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.1.3.

The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can

support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing

multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.4.

The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.

The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power

supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support

insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call

Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design

redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as

the Critical Deviation.

4.1.5

The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

4.1.6

The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call

control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and

calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.8

All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to

ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit

Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant

configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.10

Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

Page 420: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

12 RESTRICTED

4.1.11

Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation

shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.12

Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be

used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13

Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.13.1

Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.2

"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain

operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally

located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

"

Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN

failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).

Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.3

The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local

survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate

routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4. 2 Service Criteria

4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:

4.2.1.1

Modular growth structure

4.2.1.2

The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the

connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition

or changeover function.

4.2.1.3

There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more

of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)

4.2.1.4

The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching

network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot

standby mode operation)

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 421: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

13 RESTRICTED

4.2.2

Call Processing Control System

4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.

4.2.2.2

All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control

Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of

contents in case of power failure.

4.2.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone

dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface

cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not

specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.4

The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the

common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.5

Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with

similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.2.6

The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any

requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.2.7

Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the

module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.8

The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling

system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN

telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm

the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as

“Critical Deviation”.

4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.

The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in

aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.10

System Controlling Feature

The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all

important control components including duplication of data bus in the

Headquarters location only to provide following features.

Page 422: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

14 RESTRICTED

4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.

4.2.10.2

No interruption of service.

4.2.10.3

All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter

changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as

either main or standby purpose.

4.2.10.4

The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system

capacity including 20% additional storage.

4.2.10.5

The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server

fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber

optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements

must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one

side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will

immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.

The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.

4.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

System Software

4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted

standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any

suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate

(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service

features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption

of service.

4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service

features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option

of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact

each other using one touch key in telephone.

4.3.3

Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement

should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against

any corruption or hacking of data by any means.

4.3.4

The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up

in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the

system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be

supplied.

4.3.5

Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.

Page 423: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

15 RESTRICTED

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:

4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.

4.4.2 Account Code Facility.

4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.

4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code

should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System

should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.

4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.

4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,

and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and

operators.

4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension

4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy

on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new

incoming call.

4.4.9 Call hold reminder.

4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension when unanswered or busy.

4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.

by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)

4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer

4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This

queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is

terminated

4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to

intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall

be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.

4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight

subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and

Page 424: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

16 RESTRICTED

external calls

4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing

4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time

4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)

4.4.19 Direct Dialing

4.4.20 Do Not Disturb

4.4.21 Hotline station

4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer

4.4.23 Music on Hold

4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)

4.4.25 Telephone locking

4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders

4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system

4.4.28

Following types of call barring facility must be available:

4.4.28.1 Inter-office call

4.4.28.2 Local Call

4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call

4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls

4.4.28.5 All incoming calls

4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls

4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets

4.4.30 Last Caller Callback

4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a

time)

4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member

assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number

4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)

Page 425: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

17 RESTRICTED

4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)

4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)

4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)

4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal

4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones

4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)

4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance

4.4.41 Extension mobility support

4.4.42 Hold reversion

4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups

4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone

4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call

intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials

4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status

and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in

corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or

transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer

4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance

4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.

4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,

call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter ::

Page 426: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

18 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-V

REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY

5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.

5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..

5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.

5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.

5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 427: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

19 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.

5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 428: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

20 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VI

REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT

6.1 Network Infrastructure:

Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance

mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer

3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in

main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of

Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be

connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to

the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast

convergence.

6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch

The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,

POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE

access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall

betreated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC

addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP

groups and multicast routes.

6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be

given priority).

6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single

chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be

given technical advantage) .

6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at

least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.

6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.

6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.

6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature

The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE

Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access

Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 429: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

21 RESTRICTED

6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-

Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q

encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE

802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.

6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)

6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.

6.1.3 VLAN Features

The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged

within VLANs.

6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs

(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual

switch ports.

6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.

6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis

/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.

6.1.4 Routing Feature

The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.

6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).

6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.

6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).

6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.

Page 430: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

22 RESTRICTED

6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.

6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and

Version‐3 shall be supported.

6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).

6.1.5 Security Features

The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer

encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.

6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x

protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to

implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server

2012or higher.

6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,

Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to

prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.

6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent

other edge switches becoming the root bridge.

6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for

routing protocols.

6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),

discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.

6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.

6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.

6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.

Page 431: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

23 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.

The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.

6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of

switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.

6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash

memory.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)

a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different

manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.

Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.

6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the

internet.

6.2.3 Web based management.

Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 432: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

24 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VII

REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES

7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling

The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.

7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T

White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward

compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder

shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any

requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T

standard protocol

7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling

The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on

ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.

7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications

7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP

telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.

7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice

packets shall be carried via UDP.

7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.

7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.

7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.

7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.

7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard

telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be

compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.

7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are

balanced between all the gateways.

Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 433: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

25 RESTRICTED

7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support

7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the

existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)

7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.

7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.

7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to

support SIP.

7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.

7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.

7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.

7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.

7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should

be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)

7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.

7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.

Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.

7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be

included.

7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.

7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.

7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.

7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.

7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.

7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for

Page 434: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

26 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

Remote management through LN/WAN).

7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.

7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.

7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.

7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km

7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.

7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.

7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.

7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port

of the soft switching system.

Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 435: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

27 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VIII

REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS

System Functions and Facilities

8.1 System Capabilities Summary.

8.1.1 8.1.2

The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 150 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.

8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).

8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation

8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.

8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11

Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.

8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.

8.1.11.2 G.723.1.

8.1.11.3 G. 729a.

8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.

8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).

8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.

Page 436: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

28 RESTRICTED

8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.

8.1.13.2 Privacy.

8.1.13.3 Device mobility.

8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.

8.1.13.5 Monitoring.

8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.

8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.

8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.

8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.

8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.

8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.

8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).

8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.

8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.

8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.

8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.

8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.

8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).

8.1.21 Programmable line keys.

8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.

8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).

8.1.23.1 Basic call.

Page 437: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

29 RESTRICTED

8.1.23.2 Call transfer.

8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR

(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation

8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.

8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.

8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.

8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.2 Remote survivability system.

8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.

8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.

8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.

8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.

8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.

8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.

Page 438: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

30 RESTRICTED

8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.

8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.

8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.

8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.

8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.

8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).

8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.4 Call Billing System.

8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.

8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.5 Transmission Characteristics.

8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .

8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.6. Signaling Characteristics.

8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.

Page 439: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

31 RESTRICTED

8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.

8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:

8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.

8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.

8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.

8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.

8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.8 System Supervision:

8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.

8.8.2. Alarm indication.

8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.

8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.

8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.

8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.

Page 440: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

32 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.

8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.

8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.

8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.

8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.

8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.

8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.

8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.

8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.

8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.

8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.

8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.

8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.

8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 441: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

33 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IX

REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN

9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:

9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to

encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call

controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong

encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).

9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the

signaling between the IP terminals.

9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system

degradation and transmission delay times.

9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via

encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.

9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted

access to application servers or associated resources.

9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.

9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user

accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check

the consistency between the management platform name, management platform

password and user name before authorizing the connection.

9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the

possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.

9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the

system data/time of network devices.

9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource

sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.

9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes

9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond

the period of installation.

9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:

9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce

system or account access passwords.

Page 442: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

34 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.

9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.

9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.

TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)

9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X

standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide

authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet

network.

9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as

802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the

IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice

and data.

9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or

services from databases or Internet inbound connections.

9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated

remote maintenance tasks only.

9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level

for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well

as the normal user name and password control.

9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be

encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP

for file transfers, etc.)

9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be

encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).

9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and

configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be

treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 443: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

35 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER - X

REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.

10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.

10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.

10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.

10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.

10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).

10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).

10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).

10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:

10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).

10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.

10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.

10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.

10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.

10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.

Page 444: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

36 RESTRICTED

10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management

faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.

10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.

10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:

10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.

10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.

10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.

10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.

10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.

10.3 Configuration.

10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:

10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.

10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.

10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).

10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.

10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.

Page 445: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

37 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.

10.5 Software Required:

10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.

10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).

10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.

10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.

10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.

10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.

10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.

10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.

10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.

10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.

10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.

10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.

10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.

10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.

10.6 Other requirements.

10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.

10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 446: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

38 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XI

REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS

11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.

11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone

Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head

gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to

provide same support using operator console telephone set.

11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:

11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.

11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.

11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.

11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.

11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.

11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.

11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.

11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.

11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.

11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.

11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.

Page 447: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

39 RESTRICTED

11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller

shall be informed of this situation by voice message.

11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.

11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.

11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.

11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.

11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones

a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching

System.

b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.

c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.

Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation 11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of

the IP Soft switch System . Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)

11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.

Page 448: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

40 RESTRICTED

11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.

11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or

equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)

11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.

11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.

11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.

11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of

the IP Soft switching System.Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.

11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)

11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.

11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.

11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.3 MDF & IDF.

11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.

11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.

11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =

Page 449: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

41 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.

11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)

11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.

11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)

11.3.3.1

Breaking voltage : 180V AC.

11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.

11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.

11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).

11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.

11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.

11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.

11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.

11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.

11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.

11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.

11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.

11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.

11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 450: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

42 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER -XII

REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS

12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):

12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).

12.1.2

04 x Punch Tool for MDF.

12.1.3

03 x Jumper Scraper.

12.1.4

04 x Cable cutter.

12.1.5

05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6

A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.

12.1.7

08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

12.2 Spare Parts.

12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3

Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.

12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.

12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.

12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.

Page 451: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

43 RESTRICTED

12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 452: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

44 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIII

REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING

13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for

the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary

power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N

+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case

of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as

per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall

include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items

are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.2 Inverter

The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power

source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular

basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of

appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be

used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of

AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:

13.2.1

Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:

13.2.1.1

At HQ/Central Site:

All Servers.

3 (three) Operator Console.

GSM gateway.

2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.

01 (One) maintenance PC.

1(one) no of Network Printer.

All Distribution Switch and access switch.

3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:

All access Switch

1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.

ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.

2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the

exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as

“noncompliance”.

Page 453: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

45 RESTRICTED

13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm

facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by

the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.3 Battery

13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and

ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains

failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power

requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for

minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:

13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free

locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in

terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required

alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of

the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,

whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical

deviation”.

13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of

dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the

battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as

soon as such levels arrive.

13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters

from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .

13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be

provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.

13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan

which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge

mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.

Page 454: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

46 RESTRICTED

13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery

mounting.

13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall

be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.

13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.

13.4 Rectifier

13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to

provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.

The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with

single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp

rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail

breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up

batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty

of “Critical deviation”.

13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and

audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC

side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the

load.

13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &

DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and

the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be

there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.

13.4.5

13.5

The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.

FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to

OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be delivered locally.

Page 455: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

47 RESTRICTED

b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.

c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.

d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.

13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given

at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation

and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.

Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of

“Major deviation”.

13.7 Earthing.

13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing

includes the following:

a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.

b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.

c. Supply and Equipment’s.

13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for

the above mentioned systems/subsystems.

13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the

complete Earthing System should be carried out.

13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard

technical qualification.

13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender

document.

13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.

13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the

IP soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the

back-up power system is fully compatible with their offered solution.

All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.

Page 456: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

48 RESTRICTED

Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC

Source

48V

DC Battery Bank 48 V

(This battery should

charge from rectifier)

Inverter

220V

AC

Server PoE S/W Operator

Console

at central

location

NMC

Computera

t central

location

IDF

MDF

Earthing 1 Earthing 2

Core

S/W

POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM

Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.

Page 457: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

49 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIV

REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation

14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.

14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.

14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.

14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.

Tests and Certificates

14.5 Demonstration

14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.

14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:

a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.

14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.

a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 458: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

50 RESTRICTED

of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:

(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .

b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:

(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.

c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.

d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

Page 459: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

51 RESTRICTED

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.

a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.

The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).

Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:

a. Visual Inspection

Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.

b. Switching Function Test

Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.

c. Call through Performance Test

Page 460: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

52 RESTRICTED

Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.

d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test

SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

e. Test Result

Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

f. Test Equipment

Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

g. Other Tests

The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.

h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test

Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).

i. Acceptance Test Report

The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)

PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical

Specification.

Page 461: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

53 RESTRICTED

b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service

and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been

supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)

FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of

service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely

functional condition.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note

I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 462: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

54 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XV

REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.

15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which

will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:

15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first

equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.

15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all

equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at Quadirabad Cantonment,

within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to

SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his

manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing

who would remain available at Quadirabad all through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, BograCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.

Page 463: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

55 RESTRICTED

15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are

running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to

become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and

when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the

time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for

rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location

of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance

Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Bograpersonnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases and

Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware

upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant

system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.

Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,

will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

Page 464: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

56 RESTRICTED

15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant

equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party

shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to

terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares

& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and

Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.

15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on

per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.

15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the

performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective

maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in

support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.

Page 465: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

57 RESTRICTED

15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.

15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have

prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :

a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first

party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:

a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of

Page 466: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

58 RESTRICTED

fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.

15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:

a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.

15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.

The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 467: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

59 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVI

REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX

Ser Nomen-

clature

Qty Nature

of Trg

Dura-

tion

No of

Stud-

ents

Reqr of

Eqpt/Trg

Aids

(Free of

Cost)

TrgReqr Rmk

1. IP/ Soft

Switch

and

GSM

Gatewa

y PABX

07 A. Use &

Ops Trg

(Local)

03

wks

20

a. Slides,

CD/ video

Cassette,

CCT diag,

Block diag

and

Trouble

Shooting

chart of the

fol sys to

be

provided

by the

supplier as

trg aids.

For Local Trg:

1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of

the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in

the trg syllabus:

a. Installation of and operation of the

system

b. Programming the system

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. Repair as per repair manual.

3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced

instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors

are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the

supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned

separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be

submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.

5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided

by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning

the performance of the trainees and their level of

expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

b. At

Factory

lvl and

Modular

lvlRrepai

r,

MaintTrg

and

Trouble

Shooting

(Foreign)

02

wks

10 For Foreign Trg:

1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and

Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.

2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:

a. Installation and operation of the

system

b. Programming of the system.

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. .

e. Maint procedure.

4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 468: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

60 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVII

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS

17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.

17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such

clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first

evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and

2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.

17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of

this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the

attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC

shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.

17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply

shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional

Page 469: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

61 RESTRICTED

cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.

17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.

b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.

17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.

17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.

17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any

bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.

17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as

“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,

shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.

Page 470: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

62 RESTRICTED

17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.

17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to

the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date

and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 471: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

63 RESTRICTED

Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

Page 472: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

64 RESTRICTED

Annex-B

EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE

(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)

Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name

Manufacturer's Name

Manufacturer's Address, Website & Fax

Country of Origin

A Mandatory Items

A.1 Sopftswitch

A.2 Server

A.3 Distribution Switch

A.4 Access Switch

A.5 Media Gateway

A.6 POE switch

A.7 GSM Gate way

A.8 Rectifier

A.9 Inverter

A.10 IP Phones

A.11 Analogue Phones

A.12 Generator

B Optional Items (If Any)

Page 473: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

65 RESTRICTED

Annex C

Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1800 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 11 INFANTRY DIVISION, QUADIRABAD CANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Page 474: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

66 RESTRICTED

Annex D

LIST OF DEVIATION(S)

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Page 475: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

67 RESTRICTED

Annex-E

BOQ

Ser No. Description Quantity

A. Central Site/Division Headquarter

1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software

( 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel) IP Trunk (SIP) -50 Channel Expandable 100 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

2. Redundant hardware and software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. Conference Server/Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (150 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned

5. Voice Mail server/ Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 476: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

68 RESTRICTED

7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

8. 24 port PoE switch

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary

11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 477: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

69 RESTRICTED

16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

17. IP Phone based Operator Console

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

18. O&M Software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

19. Call billing software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

21. Rectifier: N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

23. Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentrioned

Page 478: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

70 RESTRICTED

24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned(Lo

cal Item)

27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

Foreign Item

supplied in

line with the

local Item

29 Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local

Item)

30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC

Year of Manufacturer: 2018

05 No

(Local Items)

B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

To be mentioned

Page 479: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

71 RESTRICTED

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software(if any)

Embedded

5.

Rectifier:N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup) Capacity: 150AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9.

MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 480: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

72 RESTRICTED

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list),

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job

(local Item)

C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

( 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier :N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 481: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

73 RESTRICTED

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

7.

Inverter :N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8.

IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11.

Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

D. Phones

1. Analog Phone Type 1

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

Qty-300 Nos

(Price to be

quoted as

optional)

Page 482: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

74 RESTRICTED

2. Executive IP Phones

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

45 Nos

3. High Executive IP Phones(proprietary)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

05Nos

E. Other Items

1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract

01 No

(Local Item)

2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract

03 Nos

(Local Item)

3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation

(General or equivalent)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract

08 Sets

(Local Item)

4. Cable Tester 04 Nos(Local Item)

5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)

6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos(Local Item)

7. Lineman tools 05 Sets(Local Item)

8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos(Local Item)

Page 483: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

75 RESTRICTED

Central Location

Remote Location/ONU

Annex F

Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture

Note:

1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.

2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.

Core Switch (1+1)

Call Server Main

Call Server Standby

SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway

SBC

Firewall

CO Trunk

BTCL E1

Others PABX E1

Analog Phone

IP Phone PC Based

Operator

Console

Maintenance

and Call

accounting

PC/Server

IDF MDF

PABX

Module

Rack

Survivable Branch Module

Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)

Analog Phone

IDF MDF

IP Phone

Internet

Distribution Switch (PoE)

PABX

RACK

Page 484: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

76 RESTRICTED

Annex G

Guarantee for Spare Parts

Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 11 INFANTRY DIVISION, QUADIRABAD CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

APPEND IX 1

Page 485: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

77 RESTRICTED

ANNEX-J

TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE

Ser Gen Description Spec

Gen Spec:

1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA

2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned

3. Model To be mentioned

4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

5. Country of Manufacturer and

Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

7. Dimension:

Overall Length, Width & Height

(canopied)

To be mentioned

8. Weight:

a. Overall weight (Canopied)

without Trailer

To be mentioned

b. Overall weight (Canopied) with

Trailer

To be mentioned

9. Output of the Generator

a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA

b. Stand by To be mentioned

10.

Working condition:

a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation

per day at prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in

every 12 hours operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available

at variable load in the event of main power network failure.

b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to

operate in the open and in all weather condition

c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and

should be able to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having

lockable louvers, doors. Glass windows for monitoring the meters to

be provided. Colour-MB Green (British Colour Code no BS381 223)

d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle.

Required number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of

generator so that it can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be

mentioned.

Page 486: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

78 RESTRICTED

e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration

mounting.

f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision

g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning

against over voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure

over temperature etc.

h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)

11.

Engine:

(a) Model To be mentioned

(b) Name of Manufacturer/

Maker

To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of Manufacturer

and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine

(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned

(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not

exceeding 80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted

for 1 hour in every 12 hours operation.

(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned

(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned

(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned

(m) Output power (KW) with RPM

To be mentioned

(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling

(p) Turbo charger (if available) To be mentioned

(q) Specific Fuel Consumption

Liters/ hour at full load

To be mentioned

(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.

(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by

engine driven

(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned

(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned

(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours

continuous operations)

Page 487: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

79 RESTRICTED

(w) Self Starter To be mentioned

(x) Battery Charging

Facilities

Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator

12. Alternator (Generator):

(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned

(b) Model To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type To be mentioned

(g) Rated prime output

(KVA/KW)

To be mentioned

(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage

to be mentioned)

(j) Frequency 50 Hz

(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire

(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8

(m) Enclosure SPDP

(n) Ventilation To be mentioned

(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned

(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned

(r) RPM To be mentioned

(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)

(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)

(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned

13. Control Panel:

(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil

pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,

RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible

by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.

Page 488: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

80 RESTRICTED

(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision

14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3

phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with

cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at

the generator end/Out let.

15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List

to be submitted)

16. Books & Publications

a. Operational/User Manual in

English

To b provided

b. Repair Manual in English To b provided

c. 100% Parts Catalogue in

English

To b provided

d. 100% Price list of Catalogue

in English

To b provided

e. A list of fast and slow

moving spares (with unit price

of 5% of FOB value) In English

To b provided along with the offer

17. Special Service Tools (SST)

and Special Service

Materials(SSM)

To be provided (if reqr)

18. Provision of spare supply for

15 years

To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal

19. After sale service (Repair and

Maintenance facilities)

Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another

09(nine) years warranty with payment.

20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification

but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and

quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the

bidder must provide such items free of cost

Page 489: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

1 RESTRICTED

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

FOR

IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8X E1+ 20XCO LINE+08 GSM

GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 08 E1 +20 CO

LINE +08 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR BUSMS

CANTONMENT

ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE

DHAKA CANTONMENT

Page 490: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

2 RESTRICTED

INDEX

Serial Chapter Subject Page No

1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5

2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9

3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11

4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18

5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20

6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24

7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27

8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33

9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35

10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38

11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42

12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44

13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49

14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54

15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59

16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60

17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63

18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64

19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65

20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66

21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67

22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78

23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89

24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80

25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82

26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86

Page 491: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

3 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER

Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+08 GSM Gateway+500Subscriber

Line Expandable upto08 E1 +20 CO Line +08 GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for BUSMS

Cantonment.

1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The

Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding

Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a

bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk

and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.

1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major

and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines

mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points

will be termed as non-responsive.

1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:

a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The

documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per

AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 492: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

4 RESTRICTED

g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.

(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.

Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)

1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 493: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

5 RESTRICTED

CHPATER-2

GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at BUSMS Cantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.

2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned.

2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned.

2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required

facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.

2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his authorized representative.

2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises. 2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not

before the year of signing the contract) model of production.

2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.

2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.

2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication

Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.

Page 494: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

6 RESTRICTED

2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks.

2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central

location (block-A) and 02 other branch locations (block B& C) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.

2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The

server hardware should have following specification:

a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.

b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor

speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.

c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with

next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection

2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be

placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.

2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems

described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:

Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be

E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 300

IP Subscriber Line - 200

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 50

2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be :

E1 Trunk - 8x E1 (30 Channel Each)

CO lines (FXO) - 20

Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 500

IP Subscriber Line - 500

Page 495: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

7 RESTRICTED

GSM Gateway - 08

IP Trunk (SIP) - 100

2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for

hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.

2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)

are as follows:

The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100Analogue +100 IP Tel

2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.

2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh

Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.

2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC

b. Monitor

c. Printer

d. ODF

e. Server Rack

f. Battery

g. MDF & IDF

h. Earthing and earthing materials

j. Air Conditioner

k. Cable tester

l. Jumper scraper

m. Cable cutter

n. Lineman tools

p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.

Page 496: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

8 RESTRICTED

2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.

Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the

successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.

2.14 Documentation

The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description

b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter

c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation

d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.

e. Maintenance manual.

f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.

h. Detail technical document for NMS.

j. PAT documents for each site

k. Network Diagram onesetper site

l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site

2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 497: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

9 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-III

ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

3.1 Climatic Condition

Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

Temperature Relative humidity

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

Short duration

Working for a

long duration

Working for a

short duration

+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%

3.2

Physical Requirement

All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.3

Operating Voltage

The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..

3.4 Guarantee for Hardware

The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

3.5 Guarantee for Software

The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 498: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

10 RESTRICTED

3.5.1 License for Software

BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.5.2 Language of Software

The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features

3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.

3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.

Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version

3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.

3.6.3.2

If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.

3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 499: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

11 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IV

REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH

4.1 Design Criteria

4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server

Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.2.

The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will

provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,

PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.1.3.

The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can

support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing

multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.4.

The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.

The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power

supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support

insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call

Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design

redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as

the Critical Deviation.

4.1.5

The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.( Should we review)

4.1.6

The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call

control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and

calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.8

All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to

ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit

Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant

configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.10

Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation

Page 500: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

12 RESTRICTED

4.1.11 shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.12

Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be

used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13

Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered

as “Critical Deviation”.

4.1.13.1

Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.2

"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain

operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally

located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major

Deviation”.

"

Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN

failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).

Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

4.1.13.3

The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local

survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate

routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be

considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4. 2 Service Criteria

4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:

4.2.1.1

Modular growth structure

4.2.1.2

The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the

connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition

or changeover function.

4.2.1.3

There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more

of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)

4.2.1.4

The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching

network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot

standby mode operation)

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 501: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

13 RESTRICTED

4.2.2 Call Processing Control System

4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.

4.2.2.2

All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control

Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of

contents in case of power failure.

4.2.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone

dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface

cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not

specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.4

The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the

common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.5

Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with

similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical

Deviation”.

4.2.6

The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any

requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as

“Major Deviation”.

4.2.7

Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the

module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.8

The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling

system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN

telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm

the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as

“Critical Deviation”.

4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.

The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in

aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.2.10

System Controlling Feature

The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all

important control components including duplication of data bus in the

Headquarters location only to provide following features.

Page 502: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

14 RESTRICTED

4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.

4.2.10.2

No interruption of service.

4.2.10.3

All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter

changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as

either main or standby purpose.

4.2.10.4

The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system

capacity including 20% additional storage.

4.2.10.5

The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server

fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber

optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements

must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one

side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will

immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.

The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.

4.3

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

System Software

4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted

standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any

suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate

(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service

features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption

of service.

4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service

features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option

of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact

each other using one touch key in telephone.

4.3.3

Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement

should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against

any corruption or hacking of data by any means.

4.3.4

The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up

in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the

system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be

supplied.

4.3.5

Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.

Page 503: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

15 RESTRICTED

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.

4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:

4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.

4.4.2 Account Code Facility.

4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.

4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code

should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System

should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.

4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.

4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,

and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and

operators.

4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension

4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy

on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new

incoming call.

4.4.9 Call hold reminder.

4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined

extension when unanswered or busy.

4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.

by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)

4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer

4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This

queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is

terminated

4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to

intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall

be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.

4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight

subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and

external calls

Page 504: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

16 RESTRICTED

4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing

4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time

4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)

4.4.19 Direct Dialing

4.4.20 Do Not Disturb

4.4.21 Hotline station

4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer

4.4.23 Music on Hold

4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)

4.4.25 Telephone locking

4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders

4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system

4.4.28

Following types of call barring facility must be available:

4.4.28.1 Inter-office call

4.4.28.2 Local Call

4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call

4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls

4.4.28.5 All incoming calls

4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls

4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets

4.4.30 Last Caller Callback

4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a

time)

4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member

assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number

Page 505: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

17 RESTRICTED

4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)

4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)

4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)

4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)

4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal

4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones

4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)

4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance

4.4.41 Extension mobility support

4.4.42 Hold reversion

4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups

4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone

4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call

intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials

4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status

and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in

corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or

transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer

4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance

4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.

4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,

call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system

Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter ::

Page 506: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

18 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-V

REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY

5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.

5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.

5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.

5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..

5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.

5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.

5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 507: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

19 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.

5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 508: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

20 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VI

REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT

6.1 Network Infrastructure:

Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance

mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer

3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in

main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of

Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be

connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to

the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast

convergence.

6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch

The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,

POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE

access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall

betreated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC

addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP

groups and multicast routes.

6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be

given priority).

6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single

chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be

given technical advantage) .

6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at

least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.

6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.

6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.

6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature

The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE

Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access

Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 509: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

21 RESTRICTED

6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-

Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q

encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE

802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.

6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)

6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.

6.1.3 VLAN Features

The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.

Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged

within VLANs.

6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs

(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual

switch ports.

6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.

6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis

/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.

6.1.4 Routing Feature

The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.

6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).

6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.

6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).

6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.

Page 510: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

22 RESTRICTED

6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.

6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and

Version‐3 shall be supported.

6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).

6.1.5 Security Features

The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.

However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional

features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added

advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer

encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.

6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x

protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to

implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server

2012or higher.

6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,

Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to

prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.

6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent

other edge switches becoming the root bridge.

6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for

routing protocols.

6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),

discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.

6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.

6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.

6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.

Page 511: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

23 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.

The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any

deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.

6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of

switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.

6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash

memory.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)

a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different

manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.

Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.

6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the

internet.

6.2.3 Web based management.

Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be

treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 512: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

24 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VII

REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES

7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling

The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.

7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T

White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward

compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder

shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any

requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T

standard protocol

7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling

The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on

ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.

7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications

7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP

telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.

7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice

packets shall be carried via UDP.

7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.

7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.

7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.

7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.

7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard

telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be

compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.

7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are

balanced between all the gateways.

Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 513: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

25 RESTRICTED

7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support

7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the

existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)

7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.

7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.

7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to

support SIP.

7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.

7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.

7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.

7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.

7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should

be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)

7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.

7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.

Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major

Deviation”.

7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.

7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be

included.

7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.

7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.

7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.

7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.

7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.

7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for

Page 514: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

26 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

Remote management through LN/WAN).

7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be

specified.

7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.

7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.

7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.

7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km

7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.

7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.

7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.

7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port

of the soft switching system.

Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated

as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 515: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

27 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-VIII

REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS

System Functions and Facilities

8.1 System Capabilities Summary.

8.1.1 8.1.2

The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 150 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.

8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).

8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).

8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation

8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.

8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11

Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.

8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.

8.1.11.2 G.723.1.

8.1.11.3 G. 729a.

8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.

8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).

8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.

Page 516: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

28 RESTRICTED

8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.

8.1.13.2 Privacy.

8.1.13.3 Device mobility.

8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.

8.1.13.5 Monitoring.

8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.

8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.

8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.

8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.

8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.

8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.

8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).

8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.

8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.

8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.

8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.

8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.

8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).

8.1.21 Programmable line keys.

8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.

8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).

8.1.23.1 Basic call.

Page 517: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

29 RESTRICTED

8.1.23.2 Call transfer.

8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR

(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation

8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.

8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.

8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.

8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.2 Remote survivability system.

8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.

8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.

8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.

8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.

8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.

8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.

8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.

Page 518: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

30 RESTRICTED

8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.

8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.

8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.

8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.

8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.

8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).

8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.4 Call Billing System.

8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.

8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.5 Transmission Characteristics.

8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .

8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.6. Signaling Characteristics.

8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.

Page 519: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

31 RESTRICTED

8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.

8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.

8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:

8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.

8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.

8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.

8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.

8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

8.8 System Supervision:

8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.

8.8.2. Alarm indication.

8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.

8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.

8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.

8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.

Page 520: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

32 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.

8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.

8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.

8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.

8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.

8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.

8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.

8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.

8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.

8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.

8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.

8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.

8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.

8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Page 521: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

33 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-IX

REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN

9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:

9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to

encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call

controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong

encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).

9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the

signaling between the IP terminals.

9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system

degradation and transmission delay times.

9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via

encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.

9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted

access to application servers or associated resources.

9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.

9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user

accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check

the consistency between the management platform name, management platform

password and user name before authorizing the connection.

9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the

possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.

9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the

system data/time of network devices.

9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource

sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.

9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes

9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond

the period of installation.

9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:

9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce

system or account access passwords.

Page 522: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

34 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.

9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.

9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.

TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)

9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X

standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide

authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet

network.

9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as

802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the

IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice

and data.

9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or

services from databases or Internet inbound connections.

9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated

remote maintenance tasks only.

9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level

for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well

as the normal user name and password control.

9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be

encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP

for file transfers, etc.)

9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be

encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).

9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and

configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be

treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 523: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

35 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER - X

REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.

10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.

10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.

10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.

10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.

10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).

10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).

10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).

10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:

10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).

10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.

10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.

10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.

10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.

10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.

Page 524: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

36 RESTRICTED

10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management

faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.

10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.

10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:

10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.

10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.

10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.

10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.

10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.

10.3 Configuration.

10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:

10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.

10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.

10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).

10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.

10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.

Page 525: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

37 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.

10.5 Software Required:

10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.

10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).

10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.

10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.

10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.

10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.

10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.

10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.

10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.

10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.

10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.

10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.

10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.

10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.

10.6 Other requirements.

10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.

10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 526: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

38 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XI

REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS

11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.

11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone

Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head

gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to

provide same support using operator console telephone set.

11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:

11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.

11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.

11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.

11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.

11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.

11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.

11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.

11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.

11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.

11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.

11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.

Page 527: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

39 RESTRICTED

11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller

shall be informed of this situation by voice message.

11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.

11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.

11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)

11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.

11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.

11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones

a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching

System.

b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.

c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.

Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation

11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)

11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.

Page 528: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

40 RESTRICTED

11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.

11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or

equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)

11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.

11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.

11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.

11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of

the IP Soft switching System.Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:

11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.

11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)

11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.

11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.

11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.

11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

11.3 MDF & IDF.

11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.

11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.

11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =

Page 529: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

41 RESTRICTED

:: End of Chapter::

120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.

11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)

11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.

11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)

11.3.3.1

Breaking voltage : 180V AC.

11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.

11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.

11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).

11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.

11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.

11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.

11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.

11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.

11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.

11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.

11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.

11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.

11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 530: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

42 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER -XII

REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS

12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):

12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).

12.1.2

04 x Punch Tool for MDF.

12.1.3

03 x Jumper Scraper.

12.1.4

04 x Cable cutter.

12.1.5

05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6

A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.

12.1.7

08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.

12.2 Spare Parts.

12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3

Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.

12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.

12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.

12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.

Page 531: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

43 RESTRICTED

12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 532: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

44 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIII

REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING

13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for

the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary

power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N

+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case

of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as

per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall

include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items

are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.2 Inverter

The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power

source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular

basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of

appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be

used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of

AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for

capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:

13.2.1

Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:

13.2.1.1

At HQ/Central Site:

All Servers.

3 (three) Operator Console.

GSM gateway.

2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.

01 (One) maintenance PC.

1(one) no of Network Printer.

All Distribution Switch and access switch.

3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:

All access Switch

1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.

ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.

2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.

13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the

Page 533: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

45 RESTRICTED

exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as

“noncompliance”.

13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm

facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by

the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.

13.3 Battery

13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and

ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains

failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power

requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for

minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:

13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free

locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in

terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required

alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of

the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,

whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical

deviation”.

13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of

dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the

battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as

soon as such levels arrive.

13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters

from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual

and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .

13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be

provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.

13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan

which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge

Page 534: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

46 RESTRICTED

mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.

13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery

mounting.

13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall

be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.

13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .

Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.

13.4 Rectifier

13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to

provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.

The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with

single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp

rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail

breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up

batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty

of “Critical deviation”.

13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy

control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and

audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.

13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC

side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the

load.

13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &

DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and

the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be

there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.

13.4.5

13.5

The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.

FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to

OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be

Page 535: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

47 RESTRICTED

delivered locally. b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.

c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.

d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.

13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given

at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation

and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.

Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of

“Major deviation”.

13.7 Earthing.

13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing

includes the following:

a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.

b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.

c. Supply and Equipment’s.

13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for

the above mentioned systems/subsystems.

13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the

complete Earthing System should be carried out.

13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard

technical qualification.

13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender

document.

13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.

13..8 The calculation and complete power backup system including Generator for the IP

Softswitch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official PAD that the backup power system is

fully compatible with their offered solution

All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.

Page 536: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

48 RESTRICTED

Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC

Source

48V

DC Battery Bank 48 V

(This battery should

charge from rectifier)

Inverter

220V

AC

Server PoE S/W Operator

Console

at central

location

NMC

Computera

t central

location

IDF

MDF

Earthing 1 Earthing 2

Core

S/W

POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM

Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.

Page 537: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

49 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XIV

REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation

14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.

14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.

14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.

14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.

Tests and Certificates

14.5 Demonstration

14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.

14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:

a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.

14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.

a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

Page 538: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

50 RESTRICTED

of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:

(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .

b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:

(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.

c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.

d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.

Page 539: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

51 RESTRICTED

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.

a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.

The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).

Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:

a. Visual Inspection

Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.

b. Switching Function Test

Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.

c. Call through Performance Test

Page 540: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

52 RESTRICTED

Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.

d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test

SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

e. Test Result

Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

f. Test Equipment

Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

g. Other Tests

The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.

h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test

Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).

i. Acceptance Test Report

The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)

PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical

Specification.

Page 541: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

53 RESTRICTED

b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service

and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been

supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)

FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of

service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely

functional condition.

Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note

I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 542: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

54 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XV

REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.

15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which

will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:

15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first

equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.

15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all

equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at BUSMS Cantonment,

within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to

SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his

manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing

who would remain available at BUSMSall through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, RangpurCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.

Page 543: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

55 RESTRICTED

15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are

running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to

become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and

when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the

time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for

rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location

of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance

Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Rangpur personnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases

and Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware

upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant

system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.

Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,

will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.

Page 544: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

56 RESTRICTED

15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant

equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party

shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.

15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose

financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to

terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.

15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares

& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.

Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and

Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.

15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on

per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.

15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the

performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective

maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in

support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.

Page 545: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

57 RESTRICTED

15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.

15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have

prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :

a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.

Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical

Deviation”.

15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first

party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:

a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of

Page 546: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

58 RESTRICTED

fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.

15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:

a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.

b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.

15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.

The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 547: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

59 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVI

REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX

Ser Nomen-

clature

Qty Nature

of Trg

Dura-

tion

No of

Stud-

ents

Reqr of

Eqpt/Trg

Aids

(Free of

Cost)

TrgReqr Rm

k

1. IP/ Soft

Switch

and

GSM

Gatewa

y PABX

07 A. Use &

Ops Trg

(Local)

03

wks

20

a. Slides,

CD/ video

Cassette,

CCT diag,

Block diag

and

Trouble

Shooting

chart of the

fol sys to

be

provided

by the

supplier as

trg aids.

For Local Trg:

1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of

the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in

the trg syllabus:

a. Installation of and operation of the

system

b. Programming the system

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. Repair as per repair manual.

3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced

instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors

are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the

supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned

separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be

submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.

5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided

by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning

the performance of the trainees and their level of

expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

b. At

Factory

lvl and

Modular

lvlRrepai

r,

MaintTrg

and

Trouble

Shooting

(Foreign)

02

wks

10 For Foreign Trg:

1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and

Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.

2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.

3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:

a. Installation and operation of the

system

b. Programming of the system.

b. Probable fault likely to be dev.

c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.

d. .

e. Maint procedure.

4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and

Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.

5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 548: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

60 RESTRICTED

CHAPTER-XVII

CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS

17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.

17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such

clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first

evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and

2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.

17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of

this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or

sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or

sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.

17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the

attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.

17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC

shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.

17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply

shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional

Page 549: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

61 RESTRICTED

cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.

17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.

b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.

17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.

17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :

a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.

17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any

bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.

17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as

“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,

shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.

Page 550: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

62 RESTRICTED

17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.

17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to

the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date

and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.

:: End of Chapter::

Page 551: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

63 RESTRICTED

Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

Page 552: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

64 RESTRICTED

Annex-B

EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE

(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)

Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name

Manufacturer's Name

Manufacturer's Address, Website & Fax

Country of Origin

A Mandatory Items

A.1 Softswitch

A.2 Server

A.3 Distribution Switch

A.4 Access Switch

A.5 SBC

A.6 POE switch

A.7 GSM Gate way

A.8 Rectifier

A.9 Inverter

A.10 IP Phones

A.11 Analogue Phones

A.12 Generator

A.13 Media Gateway

B Optional Items (If Any)

Page 553: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

65 RESTRICTED

Annex C

Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, BSMUS CANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Page 554: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

66 RESTRICTED

Annex D

LIST OF DEVIATION(S)

Reference of Tender Document

Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)

Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed

Volume

Chapter

Item

Page

Page 555: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

67 RESTRICTED

Annex-E

BOQ

Ser No. Description Quantity

A. Central Site/Division Headquarter

1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software

(200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel) IP Trunk (SIP) -50 Channel Expandable 100 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

2. Redundant hardware and software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

3. Conference Server/Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (150 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned

5. Voice Mail server/ Module

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

Page 556: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

68 RESTRICTED

Ser No. Description Quantity

7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

8. 24 port PoE switch

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary

11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Description

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 557: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

69 RESTRICTED

Ser No. Description Quantity

16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

17. IP Phone based Operator Console

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

18. O&M Software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

19. Call billing software

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

21. Rectifier : N+1 Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentrioned

Page 558: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

70 RESTRICTED

Ser No. Description Quantity

24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned(Lo

cal Item)

27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be

mentioned

(Local Item)

28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Foreign Item

supplied in

line with the

local Item

29 Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local

Item)

30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC

Year of Manufacturer: 2018

05 No

(Local Items)

B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

( 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

Page 559: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

71 RESTRICTED

Ser No. Description Quantity

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software(if any)

Embedded

5.

Rectifier :N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

6.

Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter : N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 560: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

72 RESTRICTED

Ser No. Description Quantity

9.

MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job

(local Item)

C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)

(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100IP Tel)

1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

2.

Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

3. FXO/FXS Card

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

4.

Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned

5.

Rectifier :N+1

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

Page 561: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

73 RESTRICTED

Ser No. Description Quantity

6.

Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup

Capacity: 150AH

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

7.

Inverter : N+1

Capacity : 1.5KW

Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

8.

IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

9. MDF Modules

Origin: To be mentioned

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

10.

Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned

Brand : To be mentioned

Model: To be mentioned

Type: To be mentioned

Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

To be mentioned

(Local Item)

11.

Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)

Page 562: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

74 RESTRICTED

D. Phones

1. Analog Phone Type 1,

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)

Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

Qty-300 Nos

{Price to be quoted

as optional}

2. Executive IP Phones, Qty-45 Nos

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.

45Nos

3. High Executive IP Phones, Qty-05 Nos

Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.

05Nos

E. Other Items

1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

01 No

(Local Item)

2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment

Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

03 Nos

(Local Item)

3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation

(General or equivalent)

Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

08 Sets

(Local Item)

4. Cable Tester 04 Nos(Local Item)

5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)

6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos(Local Item)

7. Lineman tools 05 Sets(Local Item)

8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos(Local Item)

Page 563: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

75 RESTRICTED

Central Location

Remote Location/ONU

Annex F

Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture

Note:

1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.

2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.

Core Switch (1+1)

Call Server Main

Call Server Standby

SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway

SBC

Firewall

CO Trunk

BTCL E1

Others PABX E1

Analog Phone

IP Phone PC Based

Operator

Console

Maintenance

and Call

accounting

PC/Server

IDF MDF

PABX

Module

Rack

Survivable Branch Module

Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)

Analog Phone

IDF MDF

IP Phone

Internet

Distribution Switch (PoE)

PABX

RACK

Page 564: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

76 RESTRICTED

Annex G

Guarantee for Spare Parts

Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, BSMUS CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.

Signature and seal

Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________

APPEND IX 1

Page 565: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

77 RESTRICTED

ANNEX-J

TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE

Ser Gen Description Spec

Gen Spec:

1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA

2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned

3. Model To be mentioned

4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

5. Country of Manufacturer and

Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

7. Dimension:

Overall Length, Width & Height

(canopied)

To be mentioned

8. Weight:

a. Overall weight (Canopied)

without Trailer

To be mentioned

b. Overall weight (Canopied)

with Trailer

To be mentioned

9. Output of the Generator

a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA

b. Stand by To be mentioned

10.

Working condition:

a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per

day at prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12

hours operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable

load in the event of main power network failure.

b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate

in the open and in all weather condition

c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be

able to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers,

doors. Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-

MB Green (British Colour Code no BS381 223)

d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle.

Required number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of

generator so that it can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be

Page 566: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

78 RESTRICTED

mentioned.

e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.

f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision

g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against

over voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over

temperature etc.

h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)

11.

Engine:

(a) Model To be mentioned

(b) Name of

Manufacturer/ Maker

To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,

France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,

Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine

(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned

(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding

80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in

every 12 hours operation.

(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned

(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned

(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned

(m) Output power (KW)

with RPM

To be mentioned

(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling

(p) Turbo charger (if

available)

To be mentioned

(q) Specific Fuel

Consumption Liters/ hour at

full load

To be mentioned

(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.

(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by

engine driven

(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned

Page 567: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

79 RESTRICTED

Ser Gen Description Spec

(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned

(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous

operations)

(w) Self Starter To be mentioned

(x) Battery Charging

Facilities

Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator

12. Alternator (Generator):

(a) Name of

Manufacturer

To be mentioned

(b) Model To be mentioned

(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,

Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(d) Country of

Manufacturer and Assembly

USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,

Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,

Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.

(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract

(f) Type To be mentioned

(g) Rated prime output

(KVA/KW)

To be mentioned

(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage

to be mentioned)

(j) Frequency 50 Hz

(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire

(l) Power Factor (Cos

Ø)

Not less than 0.8

(m) Enclosure SPDP

(n) Ventilation To be mentioned

(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned

(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned

(r) RPM To be mentioned

(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)

(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)

(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned

Page 568: IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20 CO … XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42 12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44 13. Chapter

RESTRICTED

80 RESTRICTED

Ser Gen Description Spec

13. Control Panel:

(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil

pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW, RPM,

pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible by the

operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.

(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision

14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3

phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with

cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at

the generator end/Out let.

15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List

to be submitted)

16. Books & Publications

a. Operational/User Manual

in English

To b provided

b. Repair Manual in English To b provided

c. 100% Parts Catalogue in

English

To b provided

d. 100% Price list of

Catalogue in English

To b provided

e. A list of fast and slow

moving spares (with unit price

of 5% of FOB value) In

English

To b provided along with the offer

17. Special Service Tools (SST)

and Special Service

Materials(SSM)

To be provided (if reqr)

18. Provision of spare supply for

15 years

To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal

19. After sale service (Repair and

Maintenance facilities)

Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another

09(nine) years warranty with payment.

20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification but

required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and quote

such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the bidder

must provide such items free of cost